Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

aubn · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker aubn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 145
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C.    20549

  FORM 10-K

☒ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange   Act of 1934.

For the quarterly period endedDecember 31, 2020

OR

☐  Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

For the transition period __________ to __________ 

Commission File Number:0-26486

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

132 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama
(Address of principal executive offices)

63-0885779
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

36830
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (334) 821-9200 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.01

Trading Symbol
AUBN

Name of Exchange on which Registered
NASDAQ  Global Market

Securities registered to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a   well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of   the Securities Act. Yes☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not   required to file reports pursuant to Section 13   or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has   filed all reports required to be filed by Section   13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of   1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that   the registrant was required to file such reports),   and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements   for the past
90 days. Yes ☒  No☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has   submitted electronically every Interactive   Data File required to be submitted pursuant   to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding   12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant   was required to submit such files).Yes ☒  No☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a   large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting   company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller   reporting company” in Rule 12b-2   of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large Accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer☒ 

Smaller reporting company ☒

Emerging Growth  
Company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has   selected not to use the extended transition   period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to   Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Yes☐  No☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has   filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment   of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of   the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by   the registered public accounting firm that prepared   or issued its audit
report. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a   shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2   of the Act). Yes☐  No☒ 

State the aggregate market value of the voting   and non-voting common equity held by   non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which   the common equity
was last sold, or the average bid and asked price   of such common equity as of the last business   day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal   quarter:
$132,361,395  as of June 30, 2020.  

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS  
Indicate the number of shares outstanding   of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest   practicable date:3,566,326  shares of common stock as
of March 8, 2021.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting   of Shareholders, scheduled to be held   May 11, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part   II, Item 5 and
Part III of this Form 10-K.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I

ITEM 1.

ITEM 1A.

ITEM 1B.

ITEM 2.

ITEM 3.

ITEM 4.

PART II

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

ITEM 7.

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS  AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE  AND QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

ITEM 9.

ITEM 9A.

ITEM 9B.

PART III

ITEM 10.

ITEM 11.

ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS  ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE  GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS,  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

ITEM 15.

ITEM 16.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT  SCHEDULES

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

.

PAGE

4

26

40

40

41

41

42

44

44

75

75

114

114

114

115

115

115

115

115

116

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

PART   I  

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING   FORWARD   -LOOKING STATEMENTS

Various   of the statements made herein under the captions “Management’s    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations”, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures   about Market Risk”, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere,
are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning and protections   of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended   (the “Exchange Act”).

Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to   our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations,
anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions and future performance,   and involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our   control, and which may cause the actual results, performance,
achievements or financial condition of the Company to be materially   different from future results, performance,
achievements or financial condition expressed or implied by   such forward-looking statements.    You   should not expect us to
update any forward-looking statements.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements   that could be forward-looking statements.    You   can
identify these forward-looking statements through our use of   words such as “may,”   “will,” “anticipate,” “assume,”
“should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,”    “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “point to,” “project,”
“could,” “intend,” “target” and other similar words and   expressions of the future.    These forward-looking statements may
not be realized due to a variety of factors, including, without   limitation:

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

the effects of future economic, business and market conditions   and changes, foreign, domestic and locally,
including seasonality, including   as a result of natural disasters or climate change, such as rising   sea and water
levels, hurricanes and tornados, coronavirus or other epidemics   or pandemics;

the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism, or   other events that may affect general economic conditions;

governmental monetary and fiscal policies;

legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking,   securities and tax laws, regulations and rules and
their application by our regulators, including capital and liquidity   requirements, and changes in the scope and cost
of FDIC insurance;

the failure of assumptions and estimates, as well as differences   in, and changes to, economic, market and credit
conditions, including changes in borrowers’ credit risks and   payment behaviors from those used in our loan
portfolio reviews;

the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition   and costs of deposits, loan demand, and the values
and liquidity of loan collateral, securities, and interest-sensitive assets   and liabilities, and the risks and uncertainty
of the amounts realizable;

changes in borrower credit risks and payment behaviors;

changes in the availability and cost of credit and capital in the   financial markets, and the types of instruments that
may be included as capital for regulatory purposes;

changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of residential and   commercial real estate;

the effects of competition from a wide variety of local,   regional, national and other providers of financial,
investment and insurance services, including the disruption effects   of financial technology and other competitors
who are not subject to the same regulations as the Company and   the Bank;

the failure of assumptions and estimates underlying the establishment   of allowances for possible loan losses and
other asset impairments, losses valuations of assets and liabilities and   other estimates;

the costs of redeveloping our headquarters and the timing and   amount of rental income upon completion of the
project;  

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

● 

● 

● 

● 

the risks of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, including,    without limitation, the related time and costs of
implementing such transactions, integrating operations as part   of these transactions and possible failures to achieve
expected gains, revenue growth and/or expense savings from   such transactions;

changes in technology or products that may be more difficult,   costly, or less effective   than anticipated;

cyber-attacks and data breaches that may compromise our   systems, our vendor systems    or customers’
information;

the risks that our deferred tax assets (“DTAs”),    if any, could be reduced   if estimates of future taxable income from
our operations and tax planning strategies are less than currently estimated,    and sales of our capital stock could
trigger a reduction in the amount of net operating loss carry-forwards that   we may be able to utilize for income tax
purposes; and

● 

other factors and risks described under “Risk Factors” herein and in any of   our subsequent reports that we make
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”   or “SEC”) under the Exchange Act.

All written or oral forward-looking statements that are made by us or   are attributable to us are expressly qualified in their
entirety by this cautionary notice.    We have no obligation and   do not undertake to update, revise or correct any of the
forward-looking statements after the date of this report, or after   the respective dates on which such statements otherwise are
made.

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding   company registered with the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under   the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the
“BHC Act”).    The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1990, and   in 1994 it succeeded its Alabama predecessor as
the bank holding company controlling AuburnBank, an Alabama state   member bank with its principal office in Auburn,
Alabama (the “Bank”).    The Company and its predecessor have controlled the Bank since   1984.    As a bank holding
company, the Company may diversify    into a broader range of financial services and other business activities   than currently
are permitted to the Bank under applicable laws and regulations.    The holding company structure also provides greater
financial and operating flexibility than is presently permitted   to the Bank.  

The Bank has operated continuously since 1907 and currently conducts   its business primarily in East Alabama, including
Lee County and surrounding areas.    The Bank has been a member of the Federal Reserve System since April   1995.    The
Bank’s primary regulators are   the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks (the   “Alabama
Superintendent”).    The Bank has been a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of   Atlanta (the “FHLB”) since 1991.  

General

The Company’s business is conducted   primarily through the Bank and its subsidiaries.    Although it has no immediate plans
to conduct any other business, the Company may engage directly   or indirectly in a number of activities that the Federal
Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or   managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident
thereto.  

The Company’s principal executive   offices are located at 132 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama   36830, and its telephone
number at such address is (334) 821-9200.    The Company maintains an Internet website at www.auburnbank.com .    The
Company’s website and the information   appearing on the website are not included or incorporated   in, and are not part of,
this report.    The Company files annual, quarterly   and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with   the
SEC.    You   may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s    public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, DC 20549.    Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation   of the public
reference rooms.    The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov   that contains reports, proxy,   and other information,
where SEC filings are available to the public free of charge.  

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Services

The Bank offers checking, savings, transaction deposit   accounts and certificates of deposit, and is an active residential
mortgage lender in its primary service area.    The Bank’s primary service area   includes the cities of Auburn and Opelika,
Alabama and nearby surrounding areas in East Alabama, primarily in   Lee County.    The Bank also offers commercial,
financial, agricultural, real estate construction and consumer   loan products and other financial services.    The Bank is one of
the largest providers of automated teller services in   East Alabama and operates ATM    machines in 13 locations in its
primary service area.    The Bank offers Visa®  Checkcards, which are debit cards with the Visa    logo that work like checks
but can be used anywhere Visa   is accepted, including ATMs.    The Bank’s Visa    Checkcards can be used internationally
through the Plus ®  network.    The Bank offers online banking, bill payment   and other electronic services through its Internet
website, www.auburnbank.com .    Our online banking services, bill payment and electronic   services are subject to certain
cybersecurity risks.    See “Risk Factors – Our information systems may experience   interruptions and security breaches.”  

Competition

The banking business in East Alabama, including Lee County,    is highly competitive with respect to loans, deposits, and
other financial services.    The area is dominated by a number of regional and national   banks and bank holding companies
that have substantially greater resources, and numerous offices   and affiliates operating over wide geographic areas.    The
Bank competes for deposits, loans and other business with these banks,   as well as with credit unions, mortgage companies,
insurance companies, and other local and nonlocal financial institutions,   including institutions offering services through   the
mail, by telephone and over the Internet.    As more and different kinds of businesses enter the market   for financial services,
competition from nonbank financial   institutions may be expected to intensify further.  

Among the advantages that larger financial institutions have   over the Bank are their ability to finance extensive advertisin   g
campaigns, to diversify their funding sources, and to allocate   and diversify their assets among loans and securities of the
highest yield in locations with the greatest demand.    Many of the major commercial banks or their affiliates operating   in the
Bank’s service area offer   services which are not presently offered directly   by the Bank and they typically have substantially
higher lending limits than the Bank.  

Banks also have experienced significant competition for deposits from   mutual funds, insurance companies and other
investment companies and from money center banks’ offerings   of high-yield investments and deposits.    Certain of these
competitors are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions   as the Bank.  

Selected Economic Data

Lee County’s population was estimated   to be 164,542 in 2019, and has increased approximately 17.3   %   from 2010 to 2019.  
The largest employers in the area are Auburn University,    East Alabama Medical Center, a Wal   -Mart Distribution Center,
Mando America Corporation, and Briggs & Stratton.    Auto manufacturing and related suppliers are increasingly important
along Interstate Highway 85 to the east and west of Auburn.    Kia Motors has a large automobile factory in nearby West
Point, Georgia, and Hyundai Motors has a large   automobile factory in Montgomery,    Alabama.

Between 2010 and 2019, the Auburn-Opelika MSA grew 1   7.3%, the second fastest growing MSA in Alabama.    The U.S.
Census Bureau estimates that the Auburn-Opelika MSA population will   grow 5.41% from 2020 to 2025.    During the same
time, the U.S. Census Bureau estimates that household income   will increase 13.70%, to $66,363, which is approximately
the same as the Birmingham-Hoover MSA.

Loans and Loan Concentrations

The Bank makes loans for commercial, financial and agricultural purposes,   as well as for real estate mortgages, real estate
acquisition, construction and development and consumer   purposes.    While there are certain risks unique to each type of
lending, management believes that there is more risk associated   with commercial, real estate acquisition, construction and
development, agricultural and consumer lending than with residentia   l   real estate mortgage loans.    To help manage these
risks, the Bank has established underwriting standards used in   evaluating each extension of credit on an individual basis,
which are substantially similar for each type of loan.    These standards include a review of the economic conditions
affecting the borrower, the borrower’s    financial strength and capacity to repay the debt, the underlying collateral   and the
borrower’s past credit performance.    We apply these standards   at the time a loan is made and monitor them periodically
throughout the life of the loan.    See “Lending Practices” for a discussion of regulatory guidance   on commercial real estate
lending.  

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Bank has loans outstanding to borrowers in all industries   within our primary service area.    Any adverse economic or
other conditions affecting these industries would also   likely have an adverse effect on the local workforce,   other local
businesses, and individuals in the community that have entered   into loans with the Bank.    For example, the auto
manufacturing business and its suppliers have positively affected    our local economy, but automobile    manufacturing is
cyclical and adversely affected by increases in interest   rates. Decreases in automobile sales, including adverse changes   due
to interest rate increases, and the economic effects of   the impact of COVID-19, including continuing supply chain
disruptions, could adversely affect nearby Kia and Hyundai   automotive plants and their suppliers' local spending and
employment, and could adversely affect economic conditions    in the markets we serve. However,   management believes that
due to the diversified mix of industries located within the Bank’s    primary service area, adverse changes in one industry may
not necessarily affect other area industries to the same degree    or within the same time frame.    The Bank’s primary service
area also is subject to both local and national economic conditions and   fluctuations.    While most loans are made within our
primary service area, some residential mortgage loans are originated   outside the primary service area, and the Bank from
time to time has purchased loan participations from outside its   primary service area.

Employees

At December 31, 2020,   the Company and its subsidiaries had 152 full-time equivalent employees,   including 36 officers. In
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, our business continuity plan has   worked to provide essential banking services to our
communities and customers, while protecting our employees’ health.    As part of our efforts to exercise social distancing in
accordance with the guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control   and the Governor of the State of Alabama, starting March
23, 2020, we limited branch lobby service to appointment only while   continuing to operate our branch drive-thru facilities
and ATMs.    On June 1, 2020, we re-opened some of our branch lobbies as permitted   by state public health guidelines.    We
continue to provide services through our online and other electronic   channels.    In addition, we established remote work
access to help employees stay at home where job duties permit.

Statistical Information

Certain statistical information is included in response to Item   7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.    Certain statistical
information is also included in response to Item 6, Item 7A and Item   8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal    and state laws applicable to banks and bank holding
companies.    The supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and   the Bank and their respective subsidiaries by
the bank regulatory agencies are primarily intended to maintain   the safety and soundness of depository institutions and the
federal deposit insurance system, as well   as the protection of depositors, rather than holders of Company   capital stock and
other securities.    Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material   effect on the Company’s   business.    The
following discussion is qualified in its entirety by   reference to the particular laws and rules referred   to below.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Company, as a bank holding company,    is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal    Reserve
under the BHC Act.    Bank holding companies generally are limited to the business   of banking, managing or controlling
banks, and certain related activities.    The Company is required to file periodic reports and other information    with the
Federal Reserve.    The Federal Reserve examines the Company and its subsidiaries.    The State of Alabama currently does
not regulate bank holding companies.

The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for,    among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company
of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of   the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or
for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company   with another bank holding company.    The BHC Act generally
prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or   indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company
that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly   or indirectly in any activity other than banking or
managing or controlling banks or performing services for its authorized    subsidiary.    A bank holding company may,
however, engage in or acquire an interest   in a company that engages in activities that the Federal Reserve has   determined
by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing   or controlling banks as to be a proper incident
thereto. On January 30, 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted   new rules, effective September 30, 2020 simplifying
determinations of control of banking organizations for   BHC Act purposes.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Bank holding companies that are and remain “well-capitalized”   and “well-managed,” as defined in Federal Reserve
Regulation Y,    and whose insured depository institution subsidiaries maintain “satisfactory”    or better ratings under the
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”), may elect   to become “financial holding companies.” Financial holding
companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or   engage in activities such as insurance underwriting, securities
underwriting, travel agency activities, broad insurance agency   activities, merchant banking and other activities that the
Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary   thereto.    In addition, under the BHC Act’s   merchant
banking authority and Federal Reserve regulations, financial holding   companies are authorized to invest in companies that
engage in activities that are not financial in nature, as long as   the financial holding company makes its investment, subject
to limitations, including a limited investment term, no day   -to-day management, and no cross-marketing with any depositary
institutions controlled by the financial holding company.    The Federal Reserve recommended repeal of   the merchant
banking powers in its September 16, 2016 study pursuant to   Section 620 of the Dodd-Frank Wall    Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).    The Company has not elected to become a financial holding
company, but it may elect to   do so in the future.

Financial holding companies continue to be subject to   Federal Reserve supervision, regulation and examination, but the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 the “GLB Act”) applies the concept   of functional regulation to subsidiary activities.    For
example, insurance activities would be subject to supervision   and regulation by state insurance authorities.  

The BHC Act permits acquisitions of banks by bank holding   companies, subject to various restrictions, including that the
acquirer is “well capitalized” and “well managed”.    Under the Alabama Banking Code, with the prior approval of the
Alabama Superintendent, an Alabama bank may acquire and   operate one or more banks in other states pursuant to a
transaction in which the Alabama bank is the surviving bank.    In addition, one or more Alabama banks may enter into a
merger transaction with one or more out-of-state banks,   and an out-of-state bank resulting from such transaction   may
continue to operate the acquired branches in Alabama.    The Dodd-Frank Act permits banks, including Alabama banks,   to
branch anywhere in the United States.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.    Various   legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending
or otherwise supplying funds to the Company.    The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and   23B of the
Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W thereunder.    Section 23A defines “covered transactions,” which
include extensions of credit, and limits a bank’s    covered transactions with any affiliate to 10%   of such bank’s capital and
surplus.    All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliates    must be on terms and conditions consistent
with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries   are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets
from the bank’s affiliates.    Finally, Sectio   n   23A requires that all of a bank’s extensions   of credit to its affiliates be
appropriately secured by permissible collateral, generally United   States government or agency securities.    Section 23B of
the Federal Reserve Act generally requires covered and other   transactions among affiliates to be on terms and under
circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the   same as or at least as favorable to the bank or its
subsidiary as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with   unaffiliated companies.  

Federal Reserve policy and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,   as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, require a bank holding
company to act as a source of financial   and managerial strength to its FDIC-insured bank subsidiaries   and to take measures
to preserve and protect such bank subsidiaries in situations where additional   investments in a bank subsidiary may not
otherwise be warranted.    In the event an FDIC-insured   subsidiary becomes subject to a capital restoration plan with   its
regulators, the parent bank holding company is required to   guarantee performance of such plan up to 5% of the bank’s
assets, and such guarantee is given priority in bankruptcy of the   bank holding company.    In addition, where a bank holding
company has more than one bank or thrift subsidiary,    each of the bank holding company’s    subsidiary depository institutions
may be responsible for any losses to the FDIC’s    Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), if an affiliated   depository institution fails.  
As a result, a bank holding company may be required to loan money to   a bank subsidiary in the form of subordinate capital
notes or other instruments which qualify as capital under bank   regulatory rules.    However, any loans from the holding
company to such subsidiary banks likely will be unsecured   and subordinated to such bank’s depositors    and to other
creditors of the bank.    See “Capital.”

As a result of legislation in 2014 and 2018, the Federal   Reserve has revised its Small Bank Holding Company Policy
Statement (the “Small BHC Policy”) to expand it to include thrift holding   companies and increase the size of “small” for
qualifying bank and thrift holding companies from $500 million   to up to $3 billion of pro forma consolidated assets.

The Federal Reserve confirmed in 2018 that the Company is   eligible for treatment as a small banking holding company
under the Small BHC Policy.    As a result, unless and until the Company fails to qualify under   the Small BHC Policy, the
Company’s capital adequacy will   continue to be evaluated on a bank only basis.    See “Capital.”

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Bank Regulation

The Bank is a state bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve.    It is subject to supervision, regulation and examination
by the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent, which monitor    all areas of the Bank’s operations,   including loans,
reserves, mortgages, issuances and redemption of capital securities, payment   of dividends, establishment of   branches,
capital adequacy and compliance with laws.    The Bank is a member of the FDIC and, as such, its deposits are   insured by
the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law,    and is subject to various FDIC regulations.    See “FDIC Insurance
Assessments.”

Alabama law permits statewide branching by banks.    The powers granted to Alabama-chartered banks by state law   include
certain provisions designed to provide such banks competitive   equality with national banks.  

The Federal Reserve has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination    Council’s (“FFIEC”) rating system,   which
assigns each financial institution a confidential composite “CAMELS”   rating based on an evaluation and rating of six
essential components of an institution’s   financial condition and operations:    Capital Adequacy, Asset   Quality, Management,
Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk, as well as the   quality of risk management practices.    For most
institutions, the FFIEC has indicated that market risk primarily reflects   exposures to changes in interest rates.    When
regulators evaluate this component, consideration is expected   to be given to: management’s   ability to identify, measure,
monitor and control market risk; the institution’s    size; the nature and complexity of its activities and its risk profile; and   the
adequacy of its capital and earnings in relation to its level of market   risk exposure.    Market risk is rated based upon, but not
limited to, an assessment of the sensitivity of the financial institution’s    earnings or the economic value of its capital to
adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity   prices or equity prices; management’s   ability to
identify, measure, monitor   and control exposure to market risk; and the nature and complexity   of interest rate risk exposure
arising from non-trading positions. Composite ratings are based on   evaluations of an institution’s managerial,   operational,
financial and compliance performance. The composite CAMELS rating   is not an arithmetical formula or rigid weighting of
numerical component ratings. Elements of subjectivity and   examiner judgment, especially as these relate to qualitative
assessments, are important elements in assigning ratings.    The federal bank regulatory agencies are reviewing the CAMELS
rating system and their consistency.

The GLB Act and related regulations require banks and their   affiliated companies to adopt and disclose privacy policies,
including policies regarding the sharing of personal information   with third parties.    The GLB Act also permits bank
subsidiaries to engage in “financial activities” similar to those   permitted to financial holding companies. In December 2015,
Congress amended the GLB Act as part of the Fixing America’s    Surface Transportation Act. This   amendment provided
financial institutions that meet certain conditions an exemption to   the requirement to deliver an annual privacy notice. On
August 10, 2018, the federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau   (“CFPB”) announced that it had finalized conforming
amendments to its implementing regulation, Regulation P.  

A variety of federal and state privacy laws govern the collection, safeguarding,    sharing and use of customer information,
and require that financial institutions have policies regarding information   privacy and security.   Some state laws also protect
the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate   security of such data, and certain state laws may,    in some
circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals   of security breaches of computer databases that contain their
personal information. These laws may also require us to notify law enforcement,    regulators or consumer reporting agencies
in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies   that own data.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Community Reinvestment Act and Consumer Laws

The Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA and the Fede   ral Reserve’s regulations thereunder.    Under the CRA, all
FDIC-insured institutions have a continuing and affirmative   obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to
help meet the credit needs for their entire communities, including low-   and moderate-income neighborhoods.    The CRA
requires a depository institution’s   primary federal regulator to periodically assess the institution’s    record of assessing and
meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that institution,   including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.  
The bank regulatory agency’s CRA   assessment is publicly available.    Further, consideration of the CRA is required   of any
FDIC-insured institution that has applied to: (i) charter a national bank;   (ii) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly-
chartered institution; (iii) establish a new branch office that   accepts deposits; (iv) relocate an office; or (v) merge   or
consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of,   an FDIC-insured financial institution.    In the case of bank
holding company applications to acquire a bank or other   bank holding company, the Federal    Reserve will assess the records
of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding   company, and such records    may be the basis for
denying the application.    A less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow,    if not preclude, acquisitions, and new branches and
other expansion activities and may prevent a company from becoming   a financial holding company.  

CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual    CRA reports must be made to a bank’s   primary federal
regulator.    A financial holding company election, and such election and financial holding   company activities are permitted
to be continued, only if any affiliated bank has not received   less than a “satisfactory” CRA rating.    The federal CRA
regulations require that evidence of discriminatory,    illegal or abusive lending practices be considered in the CRA
evaluation.  

On December 13, 2019, the FDIC and OCC issued a joint notice   of proposed rulemaking seeking comment on modernizing
the agencies’ CRA regulations. The OCC issued final revised   CRA Rules effective October 1, 2020, with compliance dates
of October 1, 2020, and January 1, 2023 or 2024. The FDIC   has not issued final revised CRA regulations. On November
24, 2020, the OCC sought additional comment on the general   performance standards of its CRA regulations. On September
21, 2020, the Federal Reserve issued an advanced notice of proposed    rulemaking seeking comment on ways to strengthen,
clarify and tailor its CRA regulations, which, if adopted,   would govern the Bank’s CRA compliance.    Under the Federal
Reserve proposal, “small banks” would be limited to banks with assets   of $750 million or $1 billion, and could elect
between the existing CRA rules or any newly adopted CRA rules.

The Bank is also subject to, among other things, the Equal Credit   Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) and the Fair Housing Act
and other fair lending laws, which prohibit discrimination based   on race or color, religion, national origin,   sex and familial
status in any aspect of a consumer or commercial credit or   residential real estate transaction.    The Department of Justice
(the “DOJ”), and the federal bank regulatory agencies have issued   an Interagency Policy Statement on Discrimination in
Lending to provide guidance to financial institutions in determining whether   discrimination exists, how the agencies will
respond to lending discrimination, and what steps lenders might take   to prevent discriminatory lending practices.    The DOJ
has prosecuted what it regards as violations of the ECOA, the   Fair Housing Act, and the fair lending laws, generally.

The federal bank regulators have updated their guidance several   times on overdrafts, including overdrafts incurred at
automated teller machines and point of sale terminals.    Overdrafts also have been a CFPB concern.    Among other things,
the federal regulators require banks to monitor accounts and   to limit the use of overdrafts by customers as a form of short-
term, high-cost credit, including, for example, giving customers who   overdraw their accounts on more than six occasions
where a fee is charged in a rolling 12 month period   a reasonable opportunity to choose a less costly alternative and decide
whether to continue with fee-based overdraft coverage.    It also encourages placing appropriate daily limits on overdraft
fees, and asks banks to consider eliminating overdraft fees for   transactions that overdraw an account by a de
minimis  
amount.    Overdraft policies, processes, fees and disclosures are   frequently the subject of litigation against banks in various
jurisdictions. The federal bank regulators continue to consider   responsible small dollar lending, including overdrafts and
related fee issues and issued principals for offering small   -dollar loans in a responsible manner on May 20, 2020.    The CFPB
proposed on February 6, 2019 to rescind its mandatory underwriting   standards for loans covered by its 2017 Payday,
Vehicle   Title and Certain High-Cost Installment Loans   rule, and has separately proposed delaying the effectiveness    of such
2017 rule.

The CFPB has a broad mandate to regulate consumer financial   products and services, whether or not offered by banks   or
their affiliates.    The CFPB has the authority to adopt regulations and enforce   various laws, including fair lending laws, the
Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer    Act, mortgage lending rules, the Truth in Savings Act,   the Fair Credit
Reporting Act and Privacy of Consumer Financial Information   rules.    Although the CFPB does not examine or supervise
banks with less than $10 billion in assets, banks of all sizes are   affected by the CFPB’s   regulations, and the precedents   set
in CFPB enforcement actions and interpretations.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Residential Mortgages

CFPB regulations require that lenders determine whether a consumer   has the ability to repay a mortgage loan.    These
regulations establish certain minimum requirements for creditors    when making ability to repay determinations, and provide
certain safe harbors from liability for mortgages that are "qualified   mortgages" and are not “higher-priced.”    Generally,
these CFPB regulations apply to all consumer,   closed-end loans secured by a dwelling including home   -purchase loans,
refinancing and home equity loans—whether first or subordinate   lien. Qualified mortgages must generally satisfy detailed
requirements related to product features, underwriting standards,    and requirements where the total points and fees on a
mortgage loan cannot exceed specified amounts or percentages of the   total loan amount. Qualified mortgages must have:
(1) a term not exceeding 30 years; (2) regular periodic   payments that do not result in negative amortization, deferral of
principal repayment, or a balloon payment; (3) and be supported   with documentation of the borrower and its credit. On
December 10, 2020, the CFPB issued final rules related to   “qualified mortgage” loans. Lenders are required under the law
to determine that consumers have the ability to repay mortgage   loans before lenders make those loans. Loans that meet
standards for QM loans are presumed to be loans for which consumers   have the ability to repay.

We focus our residential    mortgage origination on qualified mortgages and those that meet   our investors’ requirements, but
we may make loans that do not meet the safe harbor requirements   for “qualified mortgages.”

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection   Act of 2018 (the “2018 Growth Act”) provides that
certain residential mortgages held in portfolio by banks with less than   $10 billion in consolidated assets automatically are
deemed “qualified mortgages.” This relieves smaller institutions from   many of the requirements to satisfy the criteria listed
above for “qualified mortgages.” Mortgages meeting the “qualified    mortgage” safe harbor may not have negative
amortization, must follow prepayment penalty limitations included   in the Truth in Lending Act, and may not have   fees
greater than 3% of the total value of the loan.

The Bank generally services the loans it originates, including those it   sells.    The CFPB’s mortgage servicing standards
include requirements regarding force-placed insurance, certain   notices prior to rate adjustments on adjustable rate
mortgages, and periodic disclosures to borrowers. Servicers are   prohibited from processing foreclosures when a loan
modification is pending, and must wait until a loan is more than 120   days delinquent before initiating a foreclosure action.
Servicers must provide borrowers with direct and ongoing access   to its personnel, and provide prompt review of any loss
mitigation application. Servicers must maintain accurate and accessible    mortgage records for the life of a loan and until one
year after the loan is paid off or transferred. These   standards increase the cost and compliance risks of servicing mortgage
loans, and the mandatory delays in foreclosures could result in loss of   value on collateral or the proceeds we may realize
from a sale of foreclosed property.  

The Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”)    updated, effective January 1, 2016, The Federal   National Mortgage
Association’s (“Fannie Mae’s”)    and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie   Mac’s”) (individually and
collectively, “GSE”) repurchase   rules, including the kinds of loan defects that could lead to a   repurchase request to, or
alternative remedies with, the mortgage loan originator or   seller.    These rules became effective January 1, 2016.    FHFA also
has updated these GSEs’ representations and warranties framework   and provided an independent dispute resolution
(“IDR”) process to allow a neutral third party to resolve demands   after the GSEs’ quality control and appeal processes have
been exhausted.

The Bank is subject to the CFPB’s   integrated disclosure rules under the Truth in Lending    Act and the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, referred to as “TRID”, for   credit transactions secured by real property.    Our residential mortgage
strategy, product offerings,    and profitability may change as these regulations are interpreted   and applied in practice, and
may also change due to any restructuring of Fannie Mae and   Freddie Mac as part of the resolution of their conservatorships.
The 2018 Growth Act reduced the scope of TRID rules by eliminating   the wait time for a mortgage, if an additional creditor
offers a consumer a second offer with a lower   annual percentage rate. Congress encouraged federal   regulators to provide
better guidance on TRID in an effort to provide   a clearer understanding for consumers and bankers alike. The law also
provides partial exemptions from the collection, recording and reporting   requirements under Sections 304(b)(5) and (6) of
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), for those banks with   fewer than 500 closed-end mortgages or less than
500 open-end lines of credit in both of the preceding two years,   provided the bank’s rating under   the CRA for the previous
two years has been at least “satisfactory.”    On August 31, 2018, the CFPB issued an interpretive and procedural   rule to
implement and clarify these requirements under the 2018   Growth Act.  

10

 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES   Act”) was enacted on March 27, 2020. Section 4013 of
the CARES Act, “Temporary   Relief From Troubled Debt Restructurings,”   provides banks the option to temporarily
suspend certain requirements under ASC 340-10 TDR classifications   for a limited period of time to account for the effects
of COVID-19. On April 7, 2020, the Federal Reserve and the   other banking agencies and regulators issued a statement,
“Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting   for Financial Institutions Working    With Customers   Affected
by the Coronavirus (Revised)” (the “Interagency Statement on   COVID-19 Loan Modifications”), to encourage banks to
work prudently with borrowers and to describe the agencies’   interpretation of how accounting rules under ASC 310-40   ,
“Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,”   apply to covered modifications. The Interagency Statement on   COVID-19
Loan Modifications was supplemented on June 23, 2020   by the Interagency Examiner Guidance for Assessing Safety and
Soundness Considering the Effect of the COVID-19   Pandemic on Institutions. If a loan modification is eligible,   a bank may
elect to account for the loan under section 4013 of the CARES   Act. If a loan modification is not eligible under section
4013, or if the bank elects not to account for the loan modification   under section 4013, the Revised Statement includes
criteria when a bank may presume a loan modification is not   a TDR in accordance with ASC 310-40.

Section 4021 of the CARES Act allows borrowers under 1-to   -4 family residential mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae to
request forbearance to the servicer after affirming that   such borrower is experiencing financial hardships during the
COVID-19 emergency.   Such forbearance will be up to 180 days, subject to   up to a 180 day extension. During forbearance,
no fees, penalties or interest shall be charged beyond   those applicable if all contractual payments were fully and timely
paid. Except for vacant or abandoned properties, Fannie Mae   servicers may not initiate foreclosures on similar procedures
or related evictions or sales until December 31, 2020.   On February 9. 2021, the forbearance period was extended to March
31, 2021 after being extended to February 28, 2021.   Borrowers who are on a COVID-19 forbearance plan as of February
28, 2021 may apply for an additional forbearance extension of   up to three additional months. The Bank sells mortgage
loans to Fannie Mae and services these on an actual/actual basis.   As a result, the Bank is not obligated to make any
advances to Fannie Mae on principal and interest on such mortgage   loans where the borrower is entitled to forbearance.

Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions

The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism    Funding Act of 2001 specifies “know your customer”
requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions   to verify the identity of the account holders in connection
with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution.    Bank regulators are required to consider compliance with anti-
money laundering laws in acting upon merger and acquisition   and other expansion proposals under the BHC Act and the
Bank Merger Act, and sanctions for violations of this Act can   be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in
the violating transaction, up to $1 million.  

Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate   Tools Required   to Intercept and Obstruct
Terrorism Act of 2001   (the “USA PATRIOT    Act”), financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified
financial transactions and account relationships as well as to   enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards
in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.  

The USA PATRIOT    Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering   programs, and sets forth
minimum standards, or “pillars” for these programs, including:  

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

the designation of a compliance officer;  

an ongoing employee training program;  

an independent audit function to test the programs; and

ongoing customer due diligence and monitoring.

Federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”)   rules effective May 2018 require banks to know the beneficial
owners of customers that are not natural persons, update customer information    in order to develop a customer risk profile,
and generally monitor such matters.  

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

On August 13, 2020, the federal bank regulators issued a joint statement   clarifying that isolated or technical violations or
deficiencies are generally not considered the kinds of problems that   would result in an enforcement action. The statement
addresses how the agencies evaluate violations of individual   pillars of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering
(“AML/BSA”) compliance program. It describes how the agencies incorporate    the customer due diligence regulations and
recordkeeping requirements issued by the U.S. Department of   the Treasury (“Treasury”)   as part of the internal controls
pillar of a financial institution's AML/BSA compliance program.

On September 16, 2020, FinCEN issued an advanced notice of   proposed rulemaking seeking public comment on a wide
range of potential regulatory amendments under the Bank Secrecy Act.   The proposal seeks comment on incorporating an
“effective and reasonably designed” AML/BSA program   component to empower financial institutions to allocate   resources
more effectively.    This component also would seek to implement a common   understanding between supervisory agencies
and financial institutions regarding the necessary   AML/BSA program elements, and would seek to impose minimal
additional obligations on AML programs that already comply under   the existing supervisory framework.  

On October 23, 2020, FinCEN and the Federal Reserve invited   comment on a proposed rule that would amend the
recordkeeping and travel rules under the Bank Secrecy Act, which would   lower the applicable threshold from $3,000 to
$250 for international transactions and apply these to transactions   using convertible virtual currencies and digital assets
with legal tender status.

On January 1, 2021, Congress enacted the Anti-Money Laundering    Act of 2020 and the Corporate Transparency Act
(collectively, the “AML Act”),   to strengthen anti-money laundering and countering terrorism financing   programs. Among
other things, the AML Act:

• specifies    uniform disclosure of beneficial ownership information for all   U.S. and foreign entities conducting business

in the U.S.;

• increases    potential fines and penalties for BSA violations and   improves whistleblower incentives;

• codifies    the risk-based approach to AML compliance;

• modernizes    AML systems;

• expands    the duties and powers FinCEN; and

• emphasizes    coordination and information-sharing among financial institutions,   U.S. financial regulators and foreign

financial regulators.

The United States has imposed various sanctions upon various foreign   countries, such as China, Iran, North Korea, Russia
and Venezuela,    and their certain government officials and persons.    Banks are required to comply with these sanctions,
which require additional customer screening and transaction monitoring.

Other Laws and Regulations

The Company is also required to comply with various corporate   governance and financial reporting requirements under the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules and regulations   adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular,   the Company is required to report annually on internal contro   ls as part of its
annual report pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  

The Company has evaluated its controls, including compliance   with the SEC rules on internal controls, and expects to
continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance   with these rules. If the Company fails to comply
with these internal control rules in the future, it may materially   adversely affect its reputation, its ability to ob   tain the
necessary certifications to its financial statements, its relations   with its regulators and other financial institutions with which
it deals, and its ability to access the capital markets and offer    and sell Company securities on terms and conditions
acceptable to the Company.   The Company’s assessment of its   financial reporting controls as of December 31, 2020 are
included in this report with no material weaknesses reported.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Payment of Dividends and Repurchases of   Capital Instruments

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.   The Company’s primary source   of cash is dividends
from the Bank. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of   all dividends declared by a state member bank (such as
the Bank) in any calendar year will exceed the sum of such bank’s    net profits for the year and its retained net profits for the
preceding   two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. During   2020, the Bank paid cash dividends of
approximately $3.6 million to the Company.    At December 31, 2020, the Bank could have declared and paid   additional
dividends of approximately $6.8 million without prior   regulatory approval.

In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to various general   regulatory policies and requirements relating to the
payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital   above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal and
state regulatory authorities are authorized to determine when   the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound
practice, and may prohibit such   dividends. The Federal Reserve has indicated that paying dividends   that deplete a state
member bank’s capital base to   an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.    The Federal Reserve
has indicated that depository institutions and their holding companies   should generally pay dividends only out of current
year’s operating earnings.  

Federal Reserve Supervisory Letter SR-09-4 (February 24,   2009), as revised December 21, 2015, applies to dividend
payments, stock redemptions and stock repurchases.    Prior consultation with the Federal Reserve supervisory staff   is
required before:

• 

• 

redemptions or repurchases of capital instruments when the bank   holding company is experiencing financial
weakness; and

redemptions and purchases of common or perpetual preferred   stock which would reduce such Tier 1 capital   at
end of the period compared to the beginning of the period.

Bank holding company directors must consider different   factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to
maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic   earnings scenarios, such as potential events
that could affect its ability to pay,    while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter,    the Federal
Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding   company should consult with the Federal Reserve and
eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s    dividends if:

• 

• 

its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters,   net of dividends previously paid during that
period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;  

its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital   needs and overall current and
prospective financial condition; or  

• 

It will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory   capital adequacy ratios.  

The Basel III Capital Rules further limit permissible dividends,   stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses by the
Company and the Bank, respectively,   unless the Company and the Bank meet capital conservation buffer    requirement
effective January 1, 2019.    See "Basel III Capital Rules."

Under a new provision of the capital rules, effective January   1, 2021, if a bank’s capital ratios   are within its buffer
requirements, the maximum amount of capital distributions it   can make is based on its eligible retained income. Eligible
retained income equals the greater of:

• 

net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions   and associated tax effects not
already reflected in net income; or

• 

the average net income over the preceding four quarters.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Regulatory Capital Changes

 Simplification

The federal bank regulators issued final rules on July 22, 2019   simplifying their capital rules.    The last of these changes
become effective on April 1, 2020.    The principal changes for standardized approaches institutions, such   the Company and
the Bank are:

●  Deductions from capital for certain items, such as temporary difference    DTAs, MSAs and   investments in

unconsolidated were decreased to those amounts that individually exceed   25% of CET1;

● 

Institutions can elect to deduct investments in unconsolidated   subsidiaries or subject them to capital requirements;
and

●  Minority interests would be includable up to 10% of (i) CET1   capital, (ii) Tier 1 capital and (iii) total   capital.

 HVCRE

In December 2019, the federal banking regulators published   a final rule, effective April 1, 2020, to implement the “high
volatility commercial real estate,” or “HVCRE” changes in Section 214   of the 2018 Growth Act.    The new rules define
HVCRE loans as loans   secured by land or improved real property that:

● 

● 

● 

finance or refinance the acquisition, development, or construction   of real property;

the purpose of such loans must be to acquire, develop,   or improve such real property into income producing
property; and

the repayment of the loan must depend on the future income or   sales proceeds from, or refinancing of, such real
property.

Various   exclusions from HVCRE are specified.    Banking institutions and their holding companies are required   to assign
150% risk weight to HVCRE loans.

 Community Capital Rule

On October 29, 2019, the federal banking regulators adopted,   effective January 1, 2020, an optional community banking
leverage ratio framework applicable to depository institutions   and their holding companies intended to reduce regulatory
burdens for qualifying community banking organizations   that do not use advanced approaches capital measures, and that
have:

● 

● 

● 

● 

less than $10 billion of assets;

a leverage ratio greater than 9%;

off-balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of total   consolidated assets; and

trading assets plus trading liabilities of less than 5% of total consolidated    assets.

The leverage ratio would be Tier 1   capital divided by average total consolidated assets, taking into account   the capital
simplification discussed above and the CECL related capital   transitions.

The community bank leverage ratio will be the sole capital measure,   and electing institutions will not have to calculate or
use any other capital measure.    It is estimated that 85% of depository institutions will be eligible to   use this rule.    The
Company expect they would be eligible to make such election, if they determined    it desirable.    After preliminary
consideration, the Company believes that it would still need to   calculate the regulatory capital ratios, which investors would
find helpful in comparing the Company to others.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Capital

The Federal Reserve has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding   companies and state member banks, respectively.  
These guidelines required at year end 2019 a minimum ratio   of capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off   -balance
sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) and capital conservation   buffer of 10.5%.    Tier 1 capital includes common
equity and related retained earnings and a limited amount of qualifying   preferred stock, less goodwill and certain core
deposit intangibles.    Voting    common equity must be the predominant form of capital.    Tier 2 capital consists of non–
qualifying preferred stock, qualifying subordinated, perpetual, and/or   mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt
and intermediate term preferred stock, up to 45% of pretax   unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities
with readily determinable market values that are prudently valued,   and a limited amount of general loan loss allowance.
Tier 1 and Tier   2 capital equals total capital.  

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage   ratio guidelines for bank holding companies not subject
to the Small BHC Policy,   and state member banks, which provide for a minimum leverage   ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted
average quarterly assets (“leverage ratio”) equal to 4%.    However, bank regulators expect banks and bank holding
companies to operate with a higher leverage ratio.    The guidelines also provide that institutions experiencing internal
growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital   positions substantially above the minimum
supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible   assets.    Higher capital may be required in individual cases and
depending upon a bank holding company’s   risk profile.    All bank holding companies and banks are expected to hold capital
commensurate with the level and nature of their risks including the   volume and severity of their problem loans.    Lastly, the
Federal Reserve’s guidelines indicate   that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible Tier    1 leverage ratio”
(deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion   or new activity.    The level of Tier 1 capital to   risk-adjusted
assets is becoming more widely used by the bank regulators to   measure capital adequacy. The   Federal Reserve has not
advised the Company or the Bank of any specific minimum leverage   ratio or tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio   applicable to
them. Under Federal Reserve policies, bank holding companies are   generally expected to operate with capital positions well
above the minimum ratios. The Federal Reserve believes the   risk-based ratios do not fully take into account the quality of
capital and interest rate, liquidity,   market and operational risks. Accordingly,   supervisory assessments of capital adequacy
may differ significantly from conclusions based   solely   on the level of an organization’s    risk-based capital ratio.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991    (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal
banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository   institutions that do not meet minimum capital
requirements.    FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: “well capitalized,”   “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,”
“significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.”   A depository institution’s capital tier will   depend upon
how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures   and certain other factors, as established by regulation.  
See  “Prompt Corrective Action Rules.”

Basel III Capital Rules

The Federal Reserve and the other bank regulators adopted   in June 2013 final capital rules for bank holding companies and
banks implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s    “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for more
Resilient Banks and Banking Systems.”    These new U.S. capital rules are called the “Basel III   Capital Rules,” and generally
were fully phased-in on January 1, 2019.  

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Basel III Capital Rules limit Tier   1 capital to common stock and noncumulative perpetual preferred   stock, as well as
certain qualifying trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual   preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010, each of
which were grandfathered in Tier   1 capital for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion   in assets.    The Company
had no qualifying trust preferred securities or cumulative preferred   stock outstanding at December 31, 2020.    The Basel III
Capital Rules also introduced a new capital measure, “Common   Equity Tier I Capital” or “CET1.”    CET1 includes common
stock and related surplus, retained earnings and, subject to   certain adjustments, minority common equity interests in
subsidiaries.    CET1 is reduced by deductions for:

●  Goodwill and other intangibles, other than mortgage servicing assets   (“MSRs”), which are treated separately,    net

of associated deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”);  

●  Deferred tax assets (“DTAs”)   arising from operating losses and tax credit carryforwards net   of allowances and

DTLs;  

●  Gains on sale from any securitization exposure; and  

●  Defined benefit pension fund net assets (i.e., excess plan assets),   net of associated DTLs.

The Company made a one-time election in 2015 and, as a   result, CET1 will not be adjusted for certain accumulated other
comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

Additional “threshold deductions” of the following that are individually    greater than 10% of CET1 or collectively greater
than 15% of CET1 (after the above deductions are also made):

●  MSAs, net of associated DTLs;

●  DTAs arising from temporary    differences that could not be realized through net operating loss   carrybacks, net of

any valuation allowances and DTLs; and

●  Significant common stock investments in unconsolidated financial institutions,    net of associated DTLs.

As discussed below, recent   regulations change these items to simplify and improve their   capital treatment.

Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and Tier    1 minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limits, will qualify as
additional Tier I capital.    All other qualifying preferred stock, subordinated debt and qualifying minority   interests will be
included in Tier 2 capital.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital requirements, a   new “capital conservation buffer” of CET1   capital of at least
2.5% of total risk weighted assets, will be required.    The capital conservation buffer will be calculated   as the lowest  of:

● 

● 

● 

the banking organization’s   CET1 capital ratio minus 4.5%;  

the banking organization’s   tier 1 risk-based capital ratio minus 6.0%; and  

the banking organization’s   total risk-based capital ratio minus 8.0%.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Full compliance with the capital conservation buffer was   required by January 1, 2019. At such time, permissible dividends,
stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses will be limited to   the following percentages based on the capital conservation
buffer as calculated above, subject   to any further regulatory limitations, including those based on risk assessments   and
enforcement actions:

Buffer %

Buffer % Limit

More than 2.50%

> 1.875% - 2.50%

> 1.250% - 1.875%

> 0.625% - 1.250%

≤ 0.625

None

60.0%

40.0%

20.0%

- 0 -

Effective March 20, 2020, the Federal Reserve and   the other federal banking regulators adopted an interim final rule that
amended the capital conservation buffer in light of the   disruptive effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.   The interim final rule
was adopted   as a final rule on August 26, 2020. The new rule revises the definition of   “eligible retained income” for
purposes of the maximum payout ratio to allow banking organizations    to more freely use their capital buffers to promote
lending and other financial intermediation activities, by making the limitations   on capital distributions more gradual. The
eligible retained income is now the greater of (i) net income   for the four preceding quarters, net of distributions and
associated tax effects not reflected in net income; and   (ii) the average of all net income over the preceding four quarters.
The interim final rule only affects the capital buffers,   and banking organizations were encouraged   to make prudent capital
distribution decisions.  

The various capital elements and total capital under the Basel   III Capital Rules, as fully phased in on January 1, 2019   are:

Minimum CET1  

CET1 Conservation Buffer  

Total CET1  

Deductions   from CET1

Minimum Tier 1 Capital  

Minimum Tier 1 Capital plus
conservation buffer

Minimum Total Capital  

Minimum Total Capital plus
conservation buffer

Fully Phased In
January 1, 2019

4.50%

2.50%

7.0%

100%

6.0%

8.5%

8.0%

10.5%

Changes in Risk-Weightings

The Basel III Capital Rules significantly change the risk weightings   used to determine risk weighted capital adequacy.  
Among various other changes, the Basel III Capital Rules apply a 250%   risk-weighting to MSRs, DTAs    that cannot be
realized through net operating loss carry-backs and significant (greater   than 10%) investments in other financial
institutions.    A 150% risk-weighted category applies to “high volatility commercial   real estate loans,” or “HVCRE,” which
are credit facilities for the acquisition, construction or development of   real property, excluding one   -to-four family
residential properties or commercial real estate projects   where: (i) the loan-to-value ratio is not in excess of interagency real
estate lending standards; and (ii) the borrower has contributed   capital equal to not less than 15% of the real estate’s    “as
completed” value before the loan was made.

The Basel III Capital Rules also changed some of the risk weightings   used to determine risk-weighted capital adequacy.
Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules:

●  Assigned a 250% risk weight to MSRs;

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

●  Assigned up to a 1,250% risk weight to structured securities,   including private label mortgage securities, trust

preferred CDOs and asset backed securities;

●  Retained existing risk weights for residential mortgages, but assign   a 100% risk weight to most commercial real

estate loans and a 150% risk-weight for HVCRE;

●  Assigned a 150% risk weight to past due exposures (other than   sovereign exposures and residential mortgages);  

●  Assigned a 250% risk weight to DTAs,    to the extent not deducted from capital (subject to certain maximums);

●  Retained the existing 100% risk weight for corporate   and retail loans; and

● 

Increased the risk weight for exposures to qualifying securities firms from   20% to 100%.

HVCRE loans currently have a risk weight of 150%. Section 214   of the 2018 Growth Act, restricts the federal bank
regulators from applying this risk weight except to certain ADC loans.   The federal bank regulators issued a notice of a
proposed rule on September 18, 2018 to implement Section 214    of the 2018 Growth Act, by revising the definition
HVCRE. If this proposal is adopted, it is expected that this proposal    could reduce the Company’s risk weighted   assets and
thereby may increase the Company’s   risk-weighted capital.  

The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s    (the “FASB”) Accounting   Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13 “Financial
Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic    326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” on   June 16, 2016, which
changed the loss model to take into account current expected   credit losses (“CECL”) in place of the incurred loss method.
The Federal Reserve and the other federal banking agencies adopted    rules effective on April 1, 2019 that allows banking
organizations to phase in the regulatory capital effect   of a reduction in retained earnings upon adoption   of CECL over a
three year period.    On May 8, 2020, the agencies issued a statement describing the measurement   of expected credit   losses
using the CECL methodology,    and updated concepts and practices in existing supervisory guidance   that remain applicable.
CECL is effective for the Company beginning January 1,   2023 and has not been adopted early.    CECL’s    effects upon the
Company have   not yet been determined.  

Prompt Corrective Action Rules

All of the federal bank regulatory agencies’ regulations establish   risk-adjusted measures and relevant capital levels that
implement the “prompt corrective action” standards.    The relevant capital measures are the total risk-based capital   ratio,
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, Common equity   tier 1 capital ratio, as well as, the leverage capital   ratio.    Under the
regulations, a state member bank will be:

●  well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or   greater, a Tier   1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or
greater, a Common equity tier 1 capital   ratio of 6.5% or greater, a leverage capital   ratio of 5% or greater and is not
subject to any written agreement, order,   capital directive or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank
regulatory agency to maintain a specific capital level for any capital    measure;

● 

● 

● 

“adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio   of 8% or greater, a Tier   1 risk-based capital ratio of
6% or greater, a Common Equity Tier    1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, and generally has   a leverage capital ratio
of 4% or greater;

“undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%,   a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   of less
than 6%, a Common Equity Tier 1   capital ratio of less than 4.5% or generally has a leverage capital   ratio of less
than 4%;

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio   of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of less than 4%, a Common Equity Tier   1 capital ratio of less than   3%, or a leverage capital ratio of less than
3%; or

● 

“critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or   less than 2% to total assets.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The federal bank regulatory agencies have authority to require   additional capital, and have indicated that higher capital
levels may be required in light of market conditions and risk.

Depository institutions that are “adequately capitalized” for bank regulatory   purposes must receive a waiver from the FDIC
prior to accepting or renewing brokered deposits, and cannot   pay interest rates or brokered deposits that exceeds market
rates by more than 75 basis points.    Banks that are less than “adequately capitalized” cannot   accept or renew brokered
deposits.    FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital   distribution (including paying
dividends) or paying any management fee to its holding company,    if the depository institution thereafter would be
“undercapitalized”.    Institutions that are “undercapitalized” are subject to   growth limitations and are required to submit a
capital restoration plan for approval.

A depository institution’s parent holding   company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such   capital
restoration plan.    The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited   to the lesser of 5% of the depository
institution’s total assets at the time   it became undercapitalized and the amount necessary to   bring the institution into
compliance with applicable capital standards.    If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable   plan, it is treated as if
it is “significantly undercapitalized”.    If the controlling holding company fails to fulfill its obligations under   FDICIA and
files (or has filed against it) a petition under the federal Bankruptc   y   Code, the claim against the holding company’s    capital
restoration obligation would be entitled to a priority in such bankruptcy   proceeding over third party creditors of the bank
holding company.

Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be   subject to a number of requirements and restrictions,
including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become   “adequately capitalized”, requirements to reduce total assets, and
cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks.    “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the
appointment of a receiver or conservator.    Because the Company and the Bank exceed applicable capital   requirements,
Company and Bank management do not believe that the provisions   of FDICIA have had or are expected to have any
material effect on the Company and the Bank or   their respective operations.  

Section 201 of the 2018 Growth Act provides that banks and   bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than
$10 billion that meet a “community bank leverage ratio,” established   by the federal bank regulators between 8% and 10%,
are deemed to satisfy applicable risk-based capital requirements necessary   to be considered “well capitalized.” The federal
banking agencies have the discretion to determine that an institution   does not qualify for such treatment due to its risk
profile. An institution’s risk pro   file may be assessed by its off-balance sheet exposure,   trading of assets and liabilities,
notional derivatives’ exposure, and other methods.  

The federal bank regulators implemented   a CARES Act provision by replacing interim final rules   adopted in March 2020,
temporarily reducing the community bank leverage ratio threshold.   The threshold is 8% through the end of 2020, 8.5%   for
2021, and 9% beginning January 1, 2022. Two    quarter grace   periods are allowed to permit banks that temporarily fall
below these thresholds to remain well-capitalized for regulatory purposes.

FDICIA

FDICIA directs that each federal bank regulatory agency prescribe   standards for depository institutions and depository
institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information   systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation,
credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth composition,    a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital,
minimum earnings sufficient to absorb   losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded   shares,
safety and soundness, and such other standards as the federal   bank regulatory agencies deem appropriate.  

Enforcement Policies and Actions

The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent monitor   compliance with laws and regulations.    The CFPB monitors
compliance with laws and regulations applicable to consumer   financial products and services.    Violations of laws and
regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result   in these agencies imposing fines, penalties and/or restitution,
cease and desist orders, or taking other formal or informal enforcement   actions.    Under certain circumstances, these
agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers,    directors, employees and others participating in the affairs    of
a bank or bank holding company,   in the form of fines, penalties, or the recovery,    or claw-back, of compensation.    The
federal prudential banking regulators have been bringing more   enforcement actions recently.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

Banking is a business that depends on interest rate differentials.    In general, the difference between the interest paid by a
bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, and the interest received   by a bank on its loans and securities holdings,
constitutes the major portion of a bank’s   earnings.    Thus, the earnings and growth of the Company and the Bank, as well   as
the values of, and earnings on, its assets and the costs of its de   posits and other liabilities are subject to the influence of
economic conditions generally,   both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies   of the United States
and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve.    The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money through   various
means, including open market dealings in United States government   securities, the setting of discount rate at which banks
may borrow from the Federal Reserve, and the reserve requirements   on deposits.  

The Federal Reserve has been paying interest on depository institutions’   required and excess reserve balances since October
2008.    The payment of interest on excess reserve balances was expected   to give the Federal Reserve greater scope to use its
lending programs to address conditions in credit markets while   also maintaining the federal funds rate close to the target
rate established by the Federal Open Market Committee.    The Federal Reserve has indicated that it may use this authority   to
implement a mandatory policy to reduce excess liquidity,    in the event of inflation or the threat of inflation.  

In April 2010, the Federal Reserve Board amended Regulation   D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions)
authorizing the Reserve Banks to offer term deposits   to certain institutions.    Term deposits,   which are deposits with
specified maturity dates, will be offered through a Term    Deposit Facility.    Term deposits will   be one of several tools that
the Federal Reserve could employ to drain reserves when policymakers   judge that it is appropriate to begin moving to a less
accommodative stance of monetary policy.  

In 2011, the Federal Reserve repealed   its historical Regulation Q to permit banks to pay interest on demand   deposits.    The
Federal Reserve also engaged in several rounds of quantitative   easing (“QE”) to reduce interest rates by buying bonds, and
“Operation Twist” to reduce   long term interest rates by buying long term bonds, while selling intermediate   term securities.  
Beginning December 2013, the Federal Reserve began to taper   the level of bonds purchased, but continues to reinvest the
principal of its securities as these mature.

On March 3, 2020, the Federal Reserve reduced the Federal Funds   rate target by 50 basis points to 1.00-1.25%.   The Federal
Reserve further reduced the Federal Funds Rate target by an   additional 100 basis points to 0-0.25% on March 16,   2020. The
Federal Reserve established various liquidity facilities pursuant   to section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act to help stabilize
the financial system.

The Federal Reserve’s current   policy is to seek maximum employment and inflation of 2%   over the longer run, with
inflation moderately running over 2% for some time. It continues   a target federal funds range of 0-0.25%, and   monthly
purposes of at least $80 billion of Treasury   securities and $40 billion of agency mortgage-backed securities until   substantial
further progress has been made towards its goals.

In light of disruptions in economic conditions caused by the outbreak   of COVID-19 and the stress in U.S. financial markets,
the Federal Reserve, Congress and the Department of the Treasury    took a host of fiscal and monetary measures to minimize
the economic effect of COVID-19.  

The CARES Act provided a $2 trillion stimulus package and   various measures to provide relief from the COVID-19
pandemic, including:

●  The Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), which expands eligibility for   special new SBA guaranteed loans,

forgivable loans and other relief to small businesses affected    by COVID-19.  

●  A new $500 billion federal stimulus program for air carriers   and other companies in severely distressed sectors of
the American economy. The   lending programs impose stock buyback, dividend, executive compensation,    and
other restrictions on direct loan recipients.  

●  Optional temporary suspension of certain requirements under   ASC 340-10 TDR classifications for a limited period

of time to account for the effects of COVID-19.

●  The creation of rapid tax rebates and expansion of unemployment   benefits to provide relief to individuals.  

●  Substantial federal spending and significant changes for health care   companies, providers, and patients.  

Over $525 billion of PPP loans were made in 2020.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Smal   l   Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues    Act (the “Economic Aid
Act”) was signed into law. The   Economic Aid Act provides a second $900 billion stimulus   package, including $325 billion
in additional PPP loans, changed the eligibility rules to focus   more on smaller business, further enhances other Small
Business Association programs.  

The nature and timing of any changes in monetary policies and   their effect on the Company and the Bank cannot be
predicted. The turnover of a majority of the Federal Reserve Board   and the members of its FOMC and the appointment of a
new Federal Reserve Chairman may result in changes in policy   and the timing and amount of monetary policy
normalization.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured   by the FDIC’s DIF,   and the Bank is subject to FDIC assessments for its deposit insurance,
as well as assessments by the FDIC to pay interest on Financing Corporation    (“FICO”) bonds.  

Since 2011, and as discussed above under   “Recent Regulatory Developments”, the FDIC has been calculating   assessments
based on an institution’s average   consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity (the “FDIC   Assessment Base”) in
accordance with changes mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.    The FDIC changed its assessment rates which shifted part of
the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward depository   institutions relying on funding sources other than deposits.

In 2016, the FDIC again changed its deposit insurance pricing and   eliminated all risk categories and now uses “financial
ratios method” based on CAMELS composite ratings to determine assessment   rates for small established institutions with
less than $10 billion in assets (“Small Banks”).    The financial ratios method sets a maximum assessment for   CAMELS 1
and 2 rated banks, and set minimum assessments for lower rated   institutions.    All basis points are annual amounts.  

The following table shows the FDIC assessment schedule for   2020 applicable to Small Banks, such as the Bank.  

Established Small Institution
CAMELS Composite

Initial Base Assessment Rule

1 or 2
3 to 16 basis points

3
6 to 30 basis points

4 or 5
16 to 30 basis points

Unsecured Debt Adjustment

-5 to 0 basis points

-5 to 0 basis points

-5 to 0 basis points

Total Base Assessment Rate

1.5 to 16 basis points

3 to 30 basis    points

11 to 30 basis points

On March 15, 2016 the FDIC implemented Dodd-Frank Act provisions   by raising the DIF’s minimum   Reserve Ratio from
1.15% to 1.35%.    The FDIC imposed a 4.5 basis point annual surcharge   on insured depository institutions with total
consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (“Large   Banks”).    The new rules grant credits to smaller banks for the portion of
their regular assessments that contribute to increasing the reserve   ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%.

The FDIC’s reserve ratio reached   1.36% on September 30, 2018, exceeding the minimum   requirement.    As a result, deposit
insurance surcharges on Large Banks ceased,   and smaller banks will receive credits against their deposit   assessments from
the FDIC for their portion of assessments that contributed to the growth   in the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%.    The
Bank’s credit was $0.2 million,   and was received and applied against the Bank’s    deposit insurance assessments during 2019
and 2020.    Given the extraordinary growth in deposits in the first six months of 2020    due to the pandemic and government
stimulus, the reserve ratio declined below 1.35% to 1.30%.   The FDIC issued a restoration plan on September 15, 2020
designed to restore the reserve ratio to at least the statutory minimum   of 1.35% within 8 years. Although the FDIC
maintained current assessment rates, the FDIC may increase deposit   assessment rates by up to two basis points without
notice, or more following notice and a comment period, to   meet the required reserve ratio.  

On June 22, 2020, the FDIC issued a final rule designed to   mitigate the deposit insurance assessment effect of the PPP   and
the related liquidity programs established by the Federal Reserve.   Specifically, the rule removes   the effects of participating
in PPP and liquidity facilities from the various risk measures used   to calculate assessment rates and provides an offset   to
assessments for the increase in assessment base rates attributed   to participation in the PPP and liquidity facilities.  

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Prior to June 30, 2016, when the new assessment system became   effective, the Bank’s   overall rate for assessment
calculations was 9 basis points or less, which was within the range of   assessment rates for the lowest “risk category” under
the former FDIC assessment rules.    The Company recorded FDIC insurance premiums expenses of $0.1   million in 2020
and 2019, respectively.

Lending Practices

The federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance in 2006    on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending”
(the “Guidance”).    The Guidance defines CRE loans as exposures secured by raw land,   land development and construction
(including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family prope   rty, and non-farm nonresidential property   where the
primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental   income associated with the property (that is, loans for
which 50% or more of the source of repayment comes from third   party, non-affilia   ted, rental income) or the proceeds of the
sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of this property.    Loans to REITs   and unsecured loans to developers that closely
correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be   considered CRE loans under the Guidance.    Loans on owner
occupied CRE are generally excluded.    In December 2015, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators   issued an
interagency statement to highlight prudent risk management   practices from existing guidance that regulated financial
institutions and made recommendations regarding maintaining capital   levels commensurate with the level and nature of
their CRE concentration risk.

The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place   to identify, monitor and control    risks associated with real
estate lending concentrations.    This could include enhanced strategic planning, CRE underwriting policies,   risk
management, internal controls, portfolio stress testing and risk exposure   limits as well as appropriately designed
compensation and incentive programs.    Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also   be required.    The
Guidance is triggered when either:

Total reported   loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100%   or more of a bank’s total capital;   or

Total reported   loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties   and loans for construction, land
development, and other land are 300% or more of a bank’s    total risk-based capital.  

This Guidance was supplemented by the Interagency Statement   on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate
Lending (December 18, 2015).    The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase   in CRE loans or has significant
concentrations of CRE secured by a particular property type.  

The Guidance did not apply to the Bank’s   CRE lending activities during 2019 or 2020.    At December 31, 2020, the Bank
had outstanding $33.5 million in construction and land development   loans and $201.1 million in total CRE loans (excluding
owner occupied), which represent approximately 34.9% and   266.0%, respectively, of the   Bank’s total risk-based capital   at
December 31, 2020.    The Company has always had significant exposures to loans secured    by commercial real estate due to
the nature of its markets and the loan needs of both its retail   and commercial customers.    The Company believes its long
term experience in CRE lending, underwriting policies, internal controls,   and other policies currently in place, as well as its
loan and credit monitoring and administration procedures, are   generally appropriate to manage its concentrations as
required under the Guidance.  

In 2013, the Federal Reserve and other banking regulators issued their   “Interagency Guidance on Leveraged Lending”
highlighting standards for originating leveraged transactions and   managing leveraged portfolios, as well as requiring banks
to identify their highly leveraged transactions, or HLTs.    The Government Accountability Office issued a   statement on
October 23, 2017 that this guidance constituted a “rule” for purposes   of the Congressional Review Act, which provides
Congress with the right to review the guidance and issue a joint resolution    for signature by the President disapproving it.  
No such action was taken, and instead, the federal bank regulators   issued a September 11, 2018 “Statement Reaffirming    the
Role of Supervisory Guidance.”    This Statement indicated that guidance does not have the   force or effect of law or provide
the basis for enforcement actions, but this guidance can outline   supervisory agencies’ views of supervisory expectations   and
priorities, and appropriate practices.    The federal bank regulators continue to identify elevated risks in   leveraged loans and
shared national credits.

The Bank did not have any loans at year-end 2020   or 2019 that were leveraged loans subject to the Interagency Guidance
on Leveraged Lending or that were shared national credits. [Note   to Auburn: Confirm]

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Other Dodd-Frank Act Provisions

In addition to the capital, liquidity and FDIC deposit insurance   changes discussed above, some of the provisions of the
Dodd-Frank Act we believe may affect us are set forth   below.

Executive
Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act provides shareholders of all public companies    with a say on executive compensation.    Under the
Dodd-Frank Act, each company must give its shareholders the opportunity   to vote on the compensation of its executives, on
a non-binding advisory basis, at least once every three years.    The Dodd-Frank Act also adds disclosure and voting
requirements for golden parachute compensation that is payable   to named executive officers in connection with sale
transactions.  

The SEC is required under the Dodd-Frank Act to issue rules obligating   companies to disclose in proxy materials for annual
shareholders meetings, information that shows the relationship   between executive compensation actually paid to their
named executive officers and their financial performance,   taking into account any change in the value of the shares   of a
company’s stock and dividends   or distributions.    The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that a company’s    compensation
committee may only select a consultant, legal counsel or other   advisor on methods of compensation after taking into
consideration factors to be identified by the SEC that affect the   independence of a compensation consultant, legal counsel
or other advisor.

Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act added section 10D to the Exchange   Act.    Section 10D directs the SEC to adopt rules
prohibiting a national securities exchange or association from listing   a company unless it develops, implements, and
discloses a policy regarding the recovery or “claw-back” of executive   compensation in certain circumstances.    The policy
must require that, in the event an accounting restatement due   to material noncompliance with a financial reporting
requirement under the federal securities laws, the company will   recover from any current or former executive officer   any
incentive-based compensation (including stock options) received   during the three year period preceding the date of the
restatement, which is in excess of what would have been paid   based on the restated financial statements.    There is no
requirement of wrongdoing by the executive, and the claw-back   is mandatory and applies to all executive officers.    Section
954 augments section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires   the CEO and CFO to return any bonus or other
incentive or equity-based compensation received during the   12 months following the date of similarly inaccurate financial
statements, as well as any profit received from the sale of employer securities   during the period, if the restatement was due
to misconduct.    Unlike section 304, under which only the SEC may seek recoupment,   the Dodd-Frank Act requires the
Company to seek the return of compensation.  

The SEC adopted rules in September 2013 to implement pay   ratios pursuant to Section 953 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which
apply to fiscal year 2017 annual reports and proxy statements.  
 The SEC proposed Rule 10D-1 under Section 954 on July
1, 2015 which would direct Nasdaq and the other national securities exchanges   to adopt listing standards requiring
companies to adopt policies requiring executive officers   to pay back erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation.  
In February 2017, the acting SEC Chairman indicated interest   in reconsidering the pay ratio rule.  

The Dodd-Frank Act, Section 955, requires the SEC, by rule,   to require that each company disclose in the proxy materials
for its annual meetings whether an employee or board   member is permitted to purchase financial instruments designed to
hedge or offset decreases in the market value of equity securities   granted as compensation or otherwise held by the
employee or board member.    The SEC proposed implementing rules in February 2015,   though the rules have not been
implemented to date.

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits incentive-based   compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate   risk
taking by covered financial institutions, are deemed to be excessive,   or that may lead to material losses.    In June 2010, the
federal bank regulators adopted Guidance on Sound Incentive   Compensation Policies, which, although targeted   to larger,
more complex organizations than the Company,    includes principles that have been applied to smaller organi   zations similar
to the Company.    This Guidance applies to incentive compensation to executives   as well as employees, who, “individually
or a part of a group, have the ability to expose the relevant banking organization    to material amounts of risk.”    Incentive
compensation should:

Provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk   and reward;

Be compatible with effective controls and risk-management;    and

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Be supported by strong corporate governance, including active   and effective oversight by the organization’s    board of
directors.

The federal bank regulators, the SEC and other regulators proposed   regulations implementing Section 956 in April 2011,
which would have been applicable to, among others, depositor   y   institutions and their holding companies with $1 billion   or
more in assets.    An advance notice of a revised proposed joint rulemaking under   Section 956 was published by the financial
services regulators in May 2016, but these rules have not been adopted.

Debit
Card
Interchange

 
Fees

The “Durbin Amendment” to the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing   Federal Reserve regulations provide that interchanged
transaction fees for electronic debit transactions be “reasonable”   and proportional to certain costs associated with
processing the transactions.    The Durbin Amendment and the Federal Reserve rules thereunder   are not applicable to banks
with assets less than $10 billion.

Other Legislative and Regulatory Changes

Various   legislative and regulatory proposals, including substantial changes   in banking, and the regulation of banks, thrifts
and other financial institutions, compensation, and the regulation of   financial markets and their participants and financial
instruments, and the regulators of all of these, as well as the taxation of   these entities, are being considered by the executive
branch of the federal government, Congress and various state   governments, including Alabama.  

President Biden has frozen new rulemaking generally,    and has rescinded various of his predecessor’s executive   orders,
including the February 3, 2017 executive order containing “Core   Principles for Regulating the United States Financial
System” (“Core Principles”).    The Core Principles directed the Secretary of the Treasury    to consult with the heads of
Financial Stability Oversight Council’s    members and report to the President periodically thereafter on how laws   and
government policies promote the Core Principles and to identify   laws, regulations, guidance and reporting that inhibit
financial services regulation.  

The 2018 Growth Act,   which, was enacted on May 24, 2018, amends the Dodd-Frank Act, the   BHC Act, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and other federal banking and securities   laws to provide regulatory relief in these areas:  

•

•

consumer credit and mortgage lending;

capital requirements;

• Volcker    Rule compliance;

•

•

•

stress testing and enhanced prudential standards;

increased the asset threshold under the Federal Reserve’s    Small BHC Policy from $1 billion to $3 billion; and

capital formation.

We believe the 2018    Growth Act has positively affected our business.    The following provisions of the 2018 Growth Act
may be especially helpful to banks of our size as regulations   adopted in 2019 became effective:  

•

•

•

“qualifying community banks,” defined as institutions with total   consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, which
meet a “community bank leverage ratio” of 8.00% to   10.00%, may be deemed to have satisfied applicable risk
based capital requirements as well as the capital ratio requirements;

section 13(h) of the BHC Act, or the “Volcker    Rule,” is amended to exempt from the Volcker    Rule, banks with
total consolidated assets valued at less than $10 billion (“community   banking organizations”), and trading assets
and liabilities comprising not more than 5.00% of total assets;

“reciprocal deposits” will not be considered “brokered   deposits” for FDIC purposes, provided such deposits do not
exceed the lesser of $5 billion or 20% of the bank’s    total liabilities; and

24

 
 
 




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Volcker    Rule change may enable us to invest in certain collateralized   loan obligations that are treated as “covered
funds” prohibited to banking entities by the Volcker    Rule. Reciprocal deposits, such as CDARs, may expand our   funding
sources without being subjected to FDIC limitations and potential insurance   assessments increases for brokered deposits.  

On July 9, 2019, the federal banking agencies, together with   the SEC and the Commodities Futures Trading   Commission
(“CFTC”), issued a final rule excluding qualifying community   banking organizations from the Volcker    Rule pursuant to the
2018 Growth Act. The Volcker    Rule change may enable us to invest in certain collateralized   loan obligations that are
treated as “covered funds” and other investments prohibited   to banking entities by the Volcker    Rule.

The applicable agencies also issued final rules simplifying the   Volcker    Rule proprietary trading restrictions effective
January 1, 2020. On June 25, 2020, the agencies adopted   a final rule simplifying the Volcker    Rule’s covered fund
provisions effective October 1, 2020.

The FDIC announced on December 19, 2018 a final rule allows reciprocal   deposits to be excluded from “brokered
deposits” up to the lesser of $5 billion or 20% of their total liabilities.    Institutions that are not both well capitalized and
well rated are permitted to exclude reciprocal deposits from brokered    deposits in certain circumstances.

The FDIC issued comprehensive changes to its brokered deposit   rules effective April 1, 2021. The revised rules establishes
new standards for determining whether an entity meets the statutory   definition of “deposit broker,”   and identifies a number
of business that automatically meet the “primary purpose exception”   from a “deposit broker.”    The revisions also provide
an application process for entities that seek a “primary purpose   exception,” but do not meet one of the designated
exceptions.”    The new rules may provide us greater future flexibility,    but we had no brokered deposits at December 31,
2019 or 2020, and historically have not relied on brokered   deposits.

On November 20, 2020, the Federal Reserve and the other federal   bank regulators issued temporary relief for community
banks with less than $10 billion in total assets as of December   31, 2019 related to certain regulations and reporting
requirements that largely result from growth due to the various   relief and stimulus actions in response to the COVID-19
pandemic. In particular, the interim final rule   permits these institutions to use asset data as of December 31,   2019, to
determine the applicability of various regulatory asset thresholds   during calendar years 2020 and 2021. For the same
reasons, the Federal Reserve temporarily revised the instructions to   a number of its regulatory reports to provide that
community banking organizations may use asset data   as of December 31, 2019, in order to determine reporting
requirements for reports due in calendar years 2020 or 2021.  

On November 30, 2020, the bank regulators issued a statement   urging banks to cease entering into new contracts using   U.S.
dollar LIBOR rates as soon as practicable and in any event by December   31, 2021, to effect orderly,   and safe and sound
LIBOR transition. Banks were reminded that operating with insufficient    fallback interest rates could undermine financial
stability and banks’ safety and soundness.    Any alternative reference rate may be used that a bank determines   is appropriate
for its funding and customer needs.

Certain of these new rules, and proposals, if adopted, these proposals   could significantly change the regulation or
operations of banks and the financial services industry.    New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed   that contain
wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations   and competitive relationships of the nation’s    financial
institutions.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Any of the following risks could harm our business, results of   operations and financial condition and an investment in our
stock.    The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements,   and our actual results may differ substantially
from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.  

Operational Risks

Market
conditions
and
economic
cyclicality
may
adversely
affect


our
industry.



We believe the following,   among other things, may affect us in 2021:

●  The COVID-19 pandemic disrupted   the economy beginning late in the first quarter of 2020, and continues.  

Auburn University, government   agencies and businesses were limited to remote work and gatherings   were limited.  
Supply chains continue to be disrupted and unemployment spiked   and remains high.    Hotels, motels, restaurants,
retail and shopping centers were especially affected.

●  Extraordinary monetary and fiscal stimulus in 2020 and in early   2021 have offset certain of the pandemic’s

adverse economic effects, and are continuing.    The Federal Reserve is maintaining a targeted   federal funds rate of
0-0.25%, and has provided stimulus by buying bonds and providing   market liquidity.    Legislation is pending to
provide an additional $1.9 trillion of fiscal stimulus, and foreclosure   moratoria have been extended.    The nature
and timing of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies and   their effect on us cannot be predicted.

●  Market developments, including unemployment, price levels,   stock and bond market volatility,   and changes,

including those resulting from COVID-19 and the pace of vaccination   and expected declines in serious COVID-19
cases, continue to affect consumer confidence levels and   economic activity.    Changes in payment behaviors and
payment rates may increase in delinquencies and default rates,   which could affect our earnings and credit quality.

●  Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers and   those we do business with, and the values of our

assets and loan collateral may be adversely affected and less    predictable as a result of the pandemic and
government responses.    The accounting for loan modifications and deferrals may provide   only temporary relief.  
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure   or estimate the value of certain assets
requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including   forecasts of economic conditions and how those
economic predictions might affect the ability of our borrowers   to repay their loans or the value of assets.

●  The end of the LIBOR reference rate is currently scheduled for   most tenors by June 30, 2023, although U.S. bank
regulators informed banks November 30, 2020 that they should   stop using LIBOR for new loans and contracts and
derivatives, including hedging, and involves risks of potential marked   disruption and costs of compliance and
conversion.    New hedges may not be as effective as hedges based   on LIBOR.

Nonperforming
and
similar
assets
take
significant
time
to
resolve

 
and
may
adversely
affect
our
results
of


operations
and
financial
condition.  

Our nonperforming loans were 0.12% of total loans as of December   31, 2020, and had no other real estate owned
(“OREO”).    Twenty-five percent, or   $117.0 million, of our total loans were in hotels/motels,    retail and shopping centers
and restaurants, and $31.4 million of these had COVID-19 modifications   to require interest only payments.    Non-
performing assets may adversely affect our net income   in various ways.    We do   not record interest income on nonaccrual
loans or OREO and these assets require higher loan administration   and other costs, thereby adversely affecting our income.  
Decreases in the value of these assets, or the underlying collateral,   or in the related borrowers’ performance or financial
condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond   our control, could adversely affect our business,
results of operations and financial condition.    In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires commitments   of
time from management, which can be detrimental to the performance   of their other responsibilities. Our non-performing
assets may be adversely affected by loan deferrals and   modifications made in response to the pandemic and the moratoria
on foreclosures and evictions.    There can be no assurance that we will not experience increases in   nonperforming loans in
the future.  

26

 
 


 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents  

Our
allowance
for
loan
losses
may
prove


inadequate
or
we
may
be
negatively
affected
by
credit


risk
exposures.  

We periodically   review our allowance for loan losses for adequacy considering economic   conditions and trends, collateral
values and credit quality indicators, including past charge   -off experience and levels of past due loans and nonperforming
assets.    We cannot   be certain that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate   over time to cover credit losses in our
portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy,    including the continuing effects of the pandemic   and
fiscal and monetary response to COVID-19 loan modifications   and deferrals, market conditions or events adversely
affecting specific customers, industries or markets,   and changes in borrower behaviors.    Certain borrowers may not recover
fully or may fail as a result of COVID-19 effects.    If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases,   if the risk
profile of the market, industry or group of customers changes   materially or weaknesses in the real estate markets worsen,
borrower payment behaviors change, or if our allowance for loan   losses is not adequate, our business, financial condition,
including our liquidity and capital, and results of operations   could be materially adversely affected.    CECL, a new
accounting standard for estimating loan losses, is effective for    the Company beginning January 1, 2023, and its effects upon
the Company have not yet been determined.

Changes
in
the
real
estate
markets,
including

 
the
secondary
market
for
residential
mortgage


loans,
may
continue
to
adversely
affect
us.



The CFPB’s mortgage and servicing   rules, including TRID rules for closed end credit transactions,   enforcement actions,
reviews and settlements, affect the mortgage markets and   our mortgage operations.    The CFPB requires that lenders
determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay a mortgage loan   have limited the secondary market for and liquidity
of many mortgage loans that are not “qualified mortgages.”    Recently adopted changes to the CFPB’s    qualified mortgage
rules are reportedly being reconsidered.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs   Act’s (the “2017 Tax    Act”) limitations on the deductibility of residential mortgage interest   and state
and local property and other taxes and federal moratoria   on single-family foreclosures and rental evictions could adversely
affect consumer behaviors and the volumes of housing sales,    mortgage and home equity loan originations, as well as the
value and liquidity of residential property held as collateral by lenders   such as the Bank, and the secondary markets for
single and multi-family loans.    Acquisition, construction and development loans for residential development    may be
similarly adversely affected.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (“GSEs”), have been in conservatorship   since September 2008.    Since Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac dominate the residential mortgage markets, any   changes in their operations and requirements, as well as their
respective restructurings and capital, could adversely affect   the primary and secondary mortgage markets, and our
residential mortgage businesses, our results of operations and   the returns on capital deployed in these businesses.    The
timing and effects of resolution of these government sponsored    enterprises cannot be predicted.

Weaknesses in real   estate markets the FHFA’s    moratoria on foreclosures and real estate owned evictions may adversely
affect the length of time and costs required to   manage and dispose of, and the values realized from the sale   of our OREO.

We
may
be


contractually
obligated
to
repurchase

 
mortgage
loans
we
sold
to
third
parties
on
terms
unfavorable

 
to
us.

As part of its routine business, the Company originates mortgage loans   that it subsequently sells in the secondary market,
including to governmental agencies and GSEs.    In connection with the sale of these loans, the Company makes customary
representations and warranties, the breach of which may result in   the Company being required to repurchase the loan or
loans.    Furthermore, the amount paid may be greater than the fair value of the   loan or loans at the time of the repurchase.  
Although mortgage loan repurchase requests made to us have been   limited, if these increased, we may have to establish
reserves for possible repurchases and adversely affect our results of operation   and financial condition.

Mortgage
servicing
rights
requirements

 
may
change
and
require


us
to
incur
additional
costs
and
risks.

The CFPB’s residential mortgage   servicing standards may adversely affect our costs to   service residential mortgage loans,
and together with the Basel III Rules and the effects of   lower interest rates from COVID-19 stimulus, may decrease the
returns on, and values of, our MSRs.    This could reduce our income from servicing these types   of loans and make it more
difficult and costly to timely realize the value of collateral   securing such loans upon a borrower default.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




 


Table of Contents  

The
soundness
of
other
financial
institutions
could
adversely
affect


us.

We routinely execute   transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry,    including brokers and dealers,
central clearinghouses, banks, including our correspondent banks   and other financial institutions.    Our ability to engage in
routine investment and banking transactions, as well as the quality and   values of our investments in holdings of other
obligations of other financial institutions such as the FHLB, could   be adversely affected by the actions, financial condition,
and profitability of such other financial institutions, including   the FHLB and our correspondent banks.    Financial services
institutions are interrelated as a result of shared credits, trading, clearing,   counterparty and other relationships.    Any losses,
defaults by, or failures of, the   institutions we do business with could adversely affect our   holdings of the equity in such
other institutions, our participation interests in loans originated   by other institutions,   and our business, including our
liquidity, financial condition and   earnings.


Our
concentration
of
commercial
real

 
estate
loans
could
result
in
further
increased

 
loan
losses,
and
adversely
affect
our
business,
earnings,
and
financial
condition.

Commercial real estate, or CRE, is cyclical and poses risks of possible   loss due to concentration levels and risks of the
assets being financed, which include loans for the acquisition and development   of land and residential construction.    The
federal bank regulatory   agencies released guidance in 2006 on “Concentrations   in Commercial Real Estate Lending.”    The
guidance defines CRE loans as exposures secured by raw land,   land development and construction loans (including 1-4
family residential construction loans), multi-family property,    and non-farm non-residential property,    where the primary or a
significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated    with the property (that is, loans for which 50% or
more of the source of repayment comes from third party,    non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds   of the sale,
refinancing, or permanent financing of the property.    Loans to REITs   and unsecured loans to developers that closely
correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets are also CRE loans.    Loans on owner occupied commercial real estate are
generally excluded from CRE for purposes of this guidance.    Excluding owner occupied commercial real estate, we had
43.6%   of our portfolio in CRE loans at year-end 2020 compared    to 48.0% at year-end 2019.    The banking regulators
continue to give CRE lending scrutiny and require banks with   higher levels of CRE loans to implement improved
underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and   portfolio stress testing, as well as higher levels of allowances
for possible losses and capital levels as a result of CRE lending growth   and exposures.    Lower demand for CRE, and
reduced availability of, and higher interest rates and costs for,    CRE lending could adversely affect our CRE loans and sales
of our OREO, and therefore our earnings and financial condition,   including our capital and liquidity.

At year-end 2020, 25% of our total loans were CRE   loans to hotels/motels, retail and shopping centers and restaurants,
businesses that have been severely affected by the effects   of COVID-19.

Our
future
success
is
dependent
on


our
ability
to
compete
effectively
in
highly
competitive
markets.

The East Alabama banking markets which we operate   are highly competitive and our future growth and success will
depend on our ability to compete effectively in these markets.    We compete for loans,   deposits and other financial services
with other local, regional and national commercial banks, thrifts, credit   unions, mortgage lenders, and securities and
insurance brokerage firms.    Lenders operating nationwide over the internet are growing rapidly.    Many of our competitors
offer products and services different from   us, and have substantially greater resources, name recognition and   market
presence than we do, which benefits them in attracting business.    In addition, larger competitors may be able to   price loans
and deposits more aggressively than we are able to and have broader    and more diverse customer and geographic bases to
draw upon.    Out of state banks may branch into our markets.    Failures of other banks with offices in our markets could   also
lead to the entrance of new,   stronger competitors in our markets.

Our
success
depends
on
local
economic
conditions.

Our success depends on the general economic conditions in the   geographic markets we serve in Alabama.    The local
economic conditions in our markets have a significant effect   on our commercial, real estate and construction loans, the
ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral   securing these loans.    Adverse changes in the
economic conditions of the Southeastern United States in general,   or in one or more of our local markets, including the
continuous effects from COVID-19 and the timing,   strength and breadth of the recovery from the pandemic,   could
negatively affect our results of operations and our   profitability.    Our local economy is also affected by the growth of
automobile manufacturing and related suppliers located in our   markets and nearby.    Auto sales are cyclical and are affected
adversely by higher interest rates.

28

 




 
 
 


 
 


 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Attractive
acquisition
opportunities
may
not
be
available


to
us
in
the
future.  

While we seek continued organic growth, we also may   consider the acquisition of other businesses.    We expect that other
banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly   greater resources, will compete with us to acquire
financial services businesses.    This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that   we believe are
attractive.    Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals.    If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory
approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that   we believe is in our best interests, and regulatory
approvals could contain conditions that reduce the anticipated   benefits of any transaction.    Among other things, our
regulators consider our capital, liquidity,   profitability, regulatory compliance    and levels of goodwill and intangibles when
considering acquisition and expansion proposals.    Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and shareholders’
equity per share of our common stock.  

Future
acquisitions
and
expansion
activities


may
disrupt
our
business,
dilute
shareholder

 
value
and
adversely
affect
our
operating
results.  

We regularly evaluate   potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities, including new   branches and other offices.    To the
extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot assure you that   we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this
growth.    Acquiring other banks, branches, or businesses, as well as other geographic   and product expansion activities,
involve various risks including:  

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

risks of unknown or contingent liabilities, and potential asset quality issues;

unanticipated costs and delays;

risks that acquired new businesses will not perform consistent with   our growth and profitability expectations;

risks of entering new markets or product areas where we have   limited experience;

risks that growth will strain our infrastructure, staff, internal   controls and management, which may require
additional personnel, time and expenditures;

difficulties, expenses and delays of integrating the operations   and personnel of acquired institutions;  

potential disruptions to our business;

possible loss of key employees and customers of acquired institutions;

potential short-term decreases in profitability; and

diversion of our management’s   time and attention from our existing operations and business.

29

 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents  

Technological

 
changes
affect
our
business,
and
we
may
have
fewer
resources

 
than
many
competitors
to
invest
in
technological
improvements.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid   technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology
driven products and services and growing demands for mobile   and user-based banking applications. In addition to allowing
us to analyze our customers better,   the effective use of technology may increase efficiency    and may enable financial
institutions to reduce costs, risks associated with fraud and   compliance with anti-money laundering and other laws, and
various operational risks. Largely unregulated “fintech” businesses   have increased their participation in the lending and
payments businesses, and have increased competition in these   businesses. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our
ability to use technology to provide products and services that   meet our customers’ preferences and create additional
efficiencies in operations, while avoiding cyber-attacks   and disruptions, and data breaches. The COVID-19 pandemic   and
increased remote work has accelerated electronic banking activity   and the need for increased operational efficiencies.    We
may need to make significant additional capital investments in technology,    including cyber and data security,   and we may
not be able to effectively implement new technology   -driven products and services, or such technology may prove less
effective than anticipated. Many larger competito   rs have substantially greater resources to invest in technological
improvements and, increasingly,   non-banking firms are using technology to compete with traditional   lenders for loans and
other banking services.

Operational
risks
are
inherent

 
in
our
businesses.

Operational risks and losses can result from internal and external   fraud; gaps or weaknesses in our risk management or
internal audit procedures; errors by employees or third parties,   including our vendors, failures to document transactions
properly or obtain proper authorizations; failure to comply with applicable   regulatory requirements in the various
jurisdictions where we do business or have customers; failures in our   estimates models that rely on; equipment failures,
including those caused by natural disasters, or by electrical, telecommunications    or other essential utility outages; business
continuity and data security system failures, including those caused by   computer viruses, cyberattacks, unforeseen
problems encountered while implementing major new computer   systems or, failures to timely and properly   upgrade and
patch existing systems or inadequate access to data or   poor response capabilities in light of such business continuity and
data security system failures; or the inadequacy or failure of   systems and controls, including those of our vendors or
counterparties.    The COVID-19 pandemic has presented operational challenges   to maintaining continuity of operations of
customer services while protecting our employees’ and customers’   safety.    In addition, we face certain risks inherent in the
ownership and operation of our bank premises and other real   -estate, including liability for accidents on our properties.
Although we have implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions,   and substantial resources are devoted to
developing efficient procedures, identifying and rectifying    weaknesses in existing procedures and training staff,   it is not
possible to be certain that such actions have been or will be   effective in controlling these various operational risks   that
evolve continuously.

Potential
gaps
in
our
risk
management
policies
and
internal


audit
procedures


may
leave
us
exposed
unidentified
or
unanticipated
risk,
which
could
negatively
affect
our
business.

Our enterprise risk management and internal audit program is   designed to mitigate material risks and loss to us. We    have
developed and continue to develop risk management and internal   audit policies and procedures to reflect the ongoing
review of our risks and expect to continue to do so in the future.   Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be
comprehensive and may not identify timely every risk to which we   are exposed, and our internal audit process may fail to
detect such weaknesses or deficiencies in our risk management   framework. Many of our risk management models and
estimates use observed historical market behavior to model   or project potential future exposure.    Models used by our
business are based on assumptions and projections. These   models may not operate properly or our inputs and assumptions
may be inaccurate, or changes in economic conditions, customer   behaviors or regulations.    As a result, these methods may
not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly   greater than historically.    Other risk management methods
depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets,   clients, or other matters that are publicly available or
otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always   be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated.
Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we can effectively    review and monitor all risks or that all of our employees will
closely follow our risk management policies and procedures,   nor can there be any assurance that our risk management
policies and procedures will enable us to accurately identify all   risks and limit our exposures based on our assessments. In
addition, we may have to implement more extensive and perhaps   different risk management policies and procedu   res as our
regulation changes.    All of these could adversely affect our financial condition   and results of operations.

30

 


 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Any
failure
to
protect


the
confidentiality
of
customer
information
could
adversely
affect
our


reputation
and
have
a
material
adverse
effect
on
our
business,
financial
condition
and


results
of
operations .

Various   laws enforced by the bank regulators and other agencies protect   the privacy and security of customers’ non-public
personal information. Many of our employees have access to,   and routinely process personal information of clients through
a variety of media, including information technology systems.    Our internal processes and controls are designed to protect
the confidentiality of client information we hold and that is accessible   to us and our employees. It is possible that an
employee could, intentionally or unintentionally,    disclose or misappropriate confidential client information or   our data
could be the subject of a cybersecurity attack.    Such personal data could also be compromised via intrusions into   our
systems or those of our service providers or persons we do business   with such as credit bureaus, data processors and
merchants who accept credit or debit cards for payment. If we   fail to maintain adequate internal controls, or if our
employees fail to comply with our policies and procedures,   misappropriation or inappropriate disclosure or misuse of client
information could occur. Such   internal control inadequacies or non-compliance could materially damage   our reputation,
lead to remediation costs and civil or criminal penalties.    These could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our
information
systems
may
experience
interruptions
and


security
breaches.

We rely heavily on communications    and information systems, including those provided   by third-party service providers, to
conduct our business.    Any failure, interruption, or security breach of these systems could   result in failures or disruptions
which could affect our customers’ privacy and our   customer relationships, generally.    Our business continuity plans,
including those of our service providers, to provide back-up and   restore service may not be effective in the case of
widespread outages due to severe weather,   natural disasters, pandemics, or power,   communications and other failures.

Our systems and networks, as well as those of our third-party service   providers, are subject to security risks and could be
susceptible to cyber-attacks, such as denial of service attacks,   hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft.    Cybercrime risks
have increased as electronic and mobile banking activities increased   as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.    Other
financial service institutions and their service providers have reported   material security breaches in their websites or other
systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted    attacks, including use of stolen access credentials,
malware, ransomware, phishing and distributed denial-of   -service attacks, among other means.    Such cyber-attacks may also
seek to disrupt the operations of public companies or their business   partners, effect unauthorized fund transfers, obtain
unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data,   disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems.    Denial of
service attacks have   been launched against a number of financial services institutions,    and we may be subject to these types
of attacks in the future. Hacking and identity theft risks, in particular,    could cause serious reputational harm.

Despite our cybersecurity policies and procedures and our   Board of Director’s and Management’s    efforts to monitor and
ensure the integrity of the system we use, we may not be able   to anticipate the rapidly evolving security threats, nor may we
be able to implement preventive measures effective against   all such threats. The techniques used by cyber criminals change
frequently, may not be recognized    until launched and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including   outside groups
such as external service providers, organized crime   affiliates, terrorist organizations or   hostile foreign governments. These
risks may increase in the future as the use of mobile banking   and other internet electronic banking continues to grow.

Security breaches or failures may have serious adverse financial and   other consequences, including significant legal and
remediation costs, disruptions to operations, misappropriation of confidential   information, damage to systems operated by
us or our third-party service providers, as well as damages to   our customers and our counterparties. In addition, these events
could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject    us to additional regulatory scrutiny,   or expose us
to civil litigation and possible financial liability,    any of which could have a material adverse effect   on our financial
condition and results of operations.  

31

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

We
may
be


unable
to
attract
and
retain
key


people
to
support
our
business.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract   and retain key people. We    compete with other financial services
companies for people primarily on the basis of compensation and   benefits, support services and financial position. Intense
competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability,    and we may be unable to hire or retain such employees.
Effective succession planning is also important to   our long-term success. The unexpected loss of services of one or   more of
our key persons and failure to ensure effective transfer   of knowledge and smooth transitions involving such persons   could
have a material adverse effect on our business due   to loss of their skills, knowledge of our business, their years   of industry
experience and the potential difficulty of promptly finding   qualified replacement employees.

Proposed rules implementing the executive compensation provisions   of the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the type and
structure of compensation arrangements and prohibit the payment   of “excessive compensation” to our executives. These
restrictions could negatively affect our ability to compete   with other companies in recruiting and retaining key personnel.

Severe
weather,

 
natural
disasters,
pandemics,
epidemics,
acts
of
war
or
terrorism

 
or
other
external
events
could
have
significant
effects
on
our
business.

Severe weather and natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornados,    drought and floods, epidemics and pandemics, acts of
war or terrorism or other external events could have a significant effect   on our ability to conduct business.    Such events
could affect the stability of our deposit base,   impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value   of
collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage,   result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional
expenses.    Although management has established disaster recovery and business continuity    policies and procedures, the
occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect    on our business, which, in turn, could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  

The coronavirus or COVID-19 pandemic, trade wars, tariffs,    and similar events and disputes, domestic and international,
have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect   economic activity globally,   nationally and locally.    Market
interest rates have declined significantly during 2020,   and remain low.    Such events also may adversely affect business   and
consumer confidence, generally.    We and our   customers, and our respective suppliers, vendors and processors   may be
adversely affected.    Any such adverse changes may adversely affect our   profitability, growth asset   quality and financial
condition.

Financial Risks

Our
ability
to
realize
our
deferred

 
tax
assets
may
be
reduced
in
the


future
if
our
estimates
of
future


taxable
income
from
our
operations
and
tax
planning
strategies
do
not
support


this
amount,
and
the
amount
of
net
operating
loss
carry-forwards
realizable
for
income
tax
purposes
may


be
reduced
under
Section
382
of


the
Internal
Revenue
Code
by
sales
of
our
capital
securities.



We are   allowed to carry-back losses for two years for Federal income tax purposes.    As of December 31, 2020, we had a
net deferred tax liability of $1.5 million with gross deferred tax assets   of $1.9 million.    These and future deferred tax assets
may be further reduced in the future if our estimates of future   taxable income from our operations and tax planning
strategies do not support the amount of the deferred tax asset.    The amount of net operating loss carry-forwards realizable
for income tax purposes potentially could be further reduced   under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code by a
significant offering and/or other sales of our capital securities.    Current bank capital rules also reduce the regulatory capital
benefits of deferred tax assets.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 


Table of Contents  

Our
cost
of
funds
may
increase
as
a


result
of
general
economic
conditions,


interest
rates,
inflation
and
competitive
pressures.  

The Federal Reserve shifted to a more accommodating monetary   policy in Summer 2019. During 2020, the Federal Reserve
reduced its federal funds target to 0-0.25%   is continuing significant monthly purchases of U.S. Treasury   and agency
mortgage-backed securities to help combat the economic effect   of the COVID-19 pandemic.    Since November 2020,
interest rates have increased, possibly as a result of increased government   borrowings to finance rounds of fiscal stimulus
and increased inflation expectations resulting from such stimulus   and expected increases in economic growth from fiscal
and monetary stimulus and COVID-19 vaccinations.    Our costs of funds may increase as a result of general economic
conditions, increasing interest rates and competitive pressures, and   potential inflation resulting from continued government
deficit spending and monetary policies.    Traditionally,    we have obtained funds principally through local deposits and
borrowings from other institutional lenders, which we believe   are a cheaper and more stable source of funds than
borrowings.    Increases in interest rates may cause consumers to shift their funds to   more interest bearing instruments and to
increase the competition for and costs of deposits.    If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other
investment assets or from transaction deposits to higher interest bearing   time deposits, we could lose a relatively low cost
source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest   income and net income. Additionally,    any such
loss of funds could result in lower loan originations and growth, which could    materially and adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.

Our
profitability
and
liquidity
may


be
affected
by
changes
in
interest
rates
and


interest
rate
levels,
the
shape
of


the
yield
curve
and
economic
conditions.



Our profitability depends upon net interest income, which is the difference    between interest earned on interest-earning
assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense on interest   -bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  
Net interest income will be adversely affected if market   interest rates on the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings
increases faster than the interest earned on loans and investments.    Interest rates, and consequently our results of operations,
are affected by   general economic conditions (national, international and local) and   fiscal and monetary policies, as well as
expectations of these rates and policies and the shape of the yield curve.    Our income is primarily driven by the spread
between these rates. As a result, a steeper yield curve, meaning long   -term interest rates are significantly higher than short-
term interest rates, would provide the Bank with a better opportunity   to increase net interest income. Conversely,   a
flattening yield curve could pressure our net interest margin    as our cost of funds increases relative to the spread we can earn
on our assets. In addition, net interest income could be affected    by asymmetrical changes in the different interest rate
indexes, given that not all of our assets or liabilities are priced   with the same index.    The 2019 and 2020 rate reductions by
the Federal Reserve and the effects of the COVID   -19 pandemic have reduced market rates, which adversely affected    our
net interest income and our results of operations.

The production of mortgages and other loans and the value of   collateral securing our loans are dependent on demand within
the markets we serve, as well as interest rates.    Lower interest rates typically increase mortgage originations, decrease   MSR
values, and facilitate pandemic-related trends to single family houses.    Increases in market interest rates would tend to
decrease mortgage originations, increase MSR values and potentially   increase net interest spread depending upon the yield
curve and the magnitude and duration of interest rate increase.

Liquidity
risks
could
affect
operations
and
jeopardize

 
our
financial
condition.  

Liquidity is essential to our business.    An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings,   proceeds from loan
repayments or sales proceeds from maturing loans and securities,   and other sources could have a negative effect on our
liquidity.    Our funding sources include federal funds purchased, securities sold   under repurchase agreements, core and non-
core deposits, and short-   and long-term debt.    We maintain a   portfolio of securities that can be used as a source of liquidity.  
We are   also members of the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, where    we can obtain advances collateralized
with eligible assets.    There are other sources of liquidity available to   the Company or the Bank should they be needed,
including our ability to acquire additional non-core deposits.    We may be able, depending   upon market conditions, to
otherwise borrow money or issue and sell debt and preferred or   common securities in public or private transactions.    Our
access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or   capitalize our activities on terms which are acceptable to   us
could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically,    or the financial services industry or the economy in general.  
General conditions that are not specific to us, such as disruptions in   the financial markets or negative views and
expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry   could adversely affect us.

33

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The COVID-19 pandemic generally has increased our deposits and at   banks, generally, while   reducing the interest rate
earnings    available on loans and securities.    Such excess liquidity and the resulting balance sheet growth requires   capital
support and may reduce returns on assets and equity.

Changes
in
accounting
and
tax
rules
applicable
to


banks
could
adversely
affect
our
financial
conditions
and


results
of
operations.



From time to time, the FASB    and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards   that govern the
preparation of our financial statements.    These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially   impact how we record
and report our financial condition and results of operations.    In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised
standard retroactively, resulting   in us restating prior period financial statements . The
FASB’s    guidance under ASU No.
2016-13 includes significant changes to the manner in which   banks’ allowance for loan losses will be effective for   us
beginning January 1, 2023.    Instead of using historical losses, the CECL model is forward-looking   with respect to expected
losses over the life of loans and other instruments, and could materially   affect our results of operations and financial
condition, including the variability of our results of operations   and our regulatory capital, notwithstanding a three-year
phase-in of CECL for regulatory capital purposes.

We
may
need


to
raise
additional
capital
in
the
future,


but
that
capital
may
not
be
available
when
it
is
needed
or


on
favorable
terms.  

We anticipate that our   current capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements   for the foreseeable future under
currently effective rules.    We may,    however, need to raise additional capital   to support our growth or currently
unanticipated losses, or to meet the needs of our communities,   resulting from failures or cutbacks by our competitors.    Our
ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend, among   other things, on conditions in the capital markets at that
time, which are limited by events outside our control, and on   our financial performance.    If we cannot raise additional
capital on acceptable terms when needed, our ability to further   expand our operations through internal growth and
acquisitions could be limited.  

Our
associates
may
take
excessive
risks
which
could
negatively


affect
our
financial
condition
and
business.

Banks are in the business of accepting certain risks.    Our executive officers and other members of management,    sales
intermediaries, investment professionals, product managers, and   other associates, make decisions and choices that involve
exposing us to risk. We   endeavor, in the design and implementation   of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid
giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks; however,    associates may nonetheless take such risks.    Similarly,
although we employ controls and procedures designed to prevent   misconduct, to monitor associates’ business decisions and
prevent them from taking excessive risks, these controls and   procedures may not be effective. If our associates take
excessive risks, risks to our reputation, financial condition and   business operations could be materially and adversely
affected.

Our
ability
to
continue
to
pay
dividends
to
shareholders

 
in
the
future
is
subject
to
our
profitability,

 
capital,
liquidity
and
regulatory
requirements

 
and
these
limitations
may
prevent
or
limit
future


dividends. 

Cash available to pay dividends to our shareholders is derived   primarily from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.  
The ability of the Bank to pay dividends, as well as our ability   to pay dividends to our shareholders, will continue to be
subject to and limited by laws limiting dividend payments by   the Bank, the results of operations of our subsidiaries and our
need to maintain appropriate liquidity and capital at all levels   of our business consistent with regulatory requirements and
the needs of our businesses.    See “Supervision and Regulation”.

A
limited
trading
market
exists
for
our
common
shares,

 
which
could
result
in
price
volatility.

Your   ability to sell or purchase common shares depends   upon the existence of an active trading market for our common
stock.    Although our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market   under the trading symbol “AUBN,” our historic
trading volume has been limited historically.    As a result, you may be unable to sell or purchase shares of our   common
stock at the volume, price and time that you desire.    Additionally, whether the purchase   or sales prices of our common stock
reflects a reasonable valuation of our common stock also is affected    by an active trading market, and thus the price you
receive for a thinly-traded stock such as our common stock, may not   reflect its true or intrinsic value.    The limited trading
market for our common stock may cause fluctuations in the market value   of our common stock to be exaggerated, leading
to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more   active trading market.

34

 


 


 


 
 
 
 


 
Table of Contents  

Legal and Regulatory Risks

The
Company
is
an
entity
separate
and
distinct
from

 
the
Bank.

The Company is an entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Company   transactions with the Bank are limited by Sections
23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve   Regulation W.    We depend upon the Bank’s    earnings and
dividends, which are limited by law and regulatory policies and actions,   for cash to pay the Company’s debt   and corporate
obligations, and to pay dividends to our shareholders.    If the Bank’s ability to pay dividends   to the Company was
terminated or limited, the Company’s   liquidity and financial condition could be materially   and adversely affected.  

Legislative
and
regulatory
changes

The Biden Administration may propose changes to bank regulation and   corporate tax changes that could have an adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial conditions.

We
are

 
subject
to
extensive
regulation


that
could
limit
or
restrict
our
activities
and
adversely


affect
our
earnings. 

We and our   subsidiaries are regulated by several regulators, including the Federal   Reserve, the Alabama Superintendent,
the SEC and the FDIC.    Our success is affected by state and federal regulations affecting    banks and bank holding
companies, and the securities markets, and our costs of compliance   could adversely   affect our earnings.    Banking
regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, and   the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), not shareholders.  
The financial services industry also is subject to frequent legislative   and regulatory changes and proposed changes.    In
addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may   change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact.
From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations of us   which, if not determined satisfactorily,    could have a
material adverse effect on us. Compliance with applicable    laws and regulations is time consuming and costly and may
affect our profitability.   The position of the President and his administration that took   office in January 2021 with respect to
regulation of banks and bank holding companies by our new President is   not yet known, their views and actions could have
a material adverse effect on financial services regulation,   generally.

Litigation
and
regulatory
actions
could


harm
our
reputation
and
adversely
affect
our


results
of
operations
and
financial
condition.

A substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us,   as well as regulatory inquiries or investigations,
could harm our reputation, result in material fines or penalties,   result in significant legal costs, divert management resources
away from our business, and otherwise have a material adverse effect    on our ability to expand on our existing business,
financial condition and results of operations. Even if we ultimately   prevail in litigation, regulatory investigation or action,
our ability to attract new customers, retain our current customers   and recruit and retain employees could be materially and
adversely affected. Regulatory inquiries and litigation may   also adversely affect the prices or volatility of our   securities
specifically, or the securities of   our industry, generally.

We
are

 
required
to
maintain


capital
to
meet
regulatory
requirements,

 
and
if
we
fail
to
maintain
sufficient
capital,
our
financial
condition,
liquidity
and
results


of
operations
would
be
adversely
affected.



We and the Bank must   meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient   liquidity, including liquidity   at the
Company, as well as   the Bank.    If we fail to meet these capital and other regulatory requirements, including    more rigorous
requirements arising from our regulators’ implementation of Basel   III, our financial condition, liquidity and results of
operations would be materially and adversely affected.    Our failure to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”,
including meeting the Basel III capital conservation buffers,   for bank regulatory purposes, could affect customer
confidence, our ability to grow,   our costs of funds and FDIC insurance, our ability to raise   brokered deposits and our ability
to pay dividends on our common stock and our ability to make acquisitions,   and we may no longer meet the requirements
for becoming a financial holding company.    These could also affect our ability to use discretionary   bonuses to attract and
retain quality personnel.    The Basel III Capital Rules include a minimum ratio of   common equity tier 1 capital, or CET1, to
risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer   of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. See “Supervision and
Regulation—Basel III Capital Rules.”    Although we currently have capital ratios that exceed all these minimum   levels and
a strategic plan to maintain these levels, we or the Bank may be   unable to continue to satisfy the capital adequacy
requirements for various reasons, which may include:

35

 


 






 


 
 


 
Table of Contents  

•   losses and/or increases in the Bank’s   credit risk assets and expected losses resulting from the deterioration    in the

creditworthiness of borrowers and the issuers of equity and   debt securities;

•   difficulty in refinancing or issuing instruments upon redemption   or at maturity of such instruments to raise capital

under acceptable terms and conditions;

•   declines in the value of our securities portfolios;

•   revisions to the regulations or their application by our regulators   that increase our capital requirements;

•   reduced total earnings on our assets will reduce our internal generation   of capital available to support our balance

sheet growth;

•   reductions in the value of our MSRs and DTAs;   and other adverse developments; and

•   unexpected growth and an inability to increase capital timely.

A failure to remain “well capitalized,” for bank regulatory purposes,   including meeting the Basel III Capital Rule’s
conservation buffer, could adversely   affect customer confidence, and our:

•   ability to grow;

•   the costs of and availability of funds;

•   FDIC deposit insurance premiums;

•   ability to raise or replace brokered deposits;

•   ability to pay dividends on our capital stock.

•   ability to make discretionary bonuses to attract and retain quality personnel;

•   ability to make acquisitions or engage in new activities;

•   flexibility if we become subject to prompt corrective action restrictions;

•   ability to make payments of principal and interest on our capital   instruments; and

The
Federal
Reserve
may
require

 
us
to
commit
capital
resources

 
to
support
the
Bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal    Reserve expects a bank holding company to act as a source of financial   and managerial
strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support   such subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve may require a
bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled   subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act amended
the FDI Act to require that all companies that control a FDIC-insured   depository institution serve as a source of financial
strength to their depository institution subsidiaries. Under these   requirements, we could be required to provide financial
assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress,   even if further investment was not otherwise warranted. See
“Supervision and Regulation.”

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






Table of Contents  

Our
operations
are
subject
to
risk
of
loss
from

 
unfavorable
fiscal,
monetary
and
political
developments


in
the
U.S.

Our businesses and earnings are affected by the fiscal, monetary   and other policies and actions   of various U.S.
governmental and regulatory authorities. Changes in these are   beyond our control and are difficult to predict and,
consequently, changes in these    policies could have negative effects on our activities and results   of operations.    Failures of
the executive and legislative branches to agree on spending plans and   budgets previously have led to Federal government
shutdowns, which may adversely affect the U.S. economy.   Additionally, any prolonged   government shutdown may inhibit
our ability to evaluate the economy,   generally, and affect    government workers who are not paid during such events, and
where the absence of government services and data could adversely affect    consumer and business sentiment, our local
economy and our customers and therefore our business.

Litigation
and
regulatory
investigations


are
increasingly


common
in
our
businesses
and


may
result
in
significant
financial
losses
and/or
harm
to
our
reputation.

We face risks of litigation   and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course   of operating our businesses,
including the risk of class action lawsuits. Plaintiffs   in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large    and/or
indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages. Due to   the vagaries of litigation, the ultimate outcome of
litigation and the amount or range of potential loss at particular   points in time may be difficult to ascertain. We    do not have
any material pending litigation or regulatory matters affecting    us.

Failures
to
comply
with
the
fair
lending


laws,
CFPB
regulations
or
the
Community


Reinvestment
Act,
or
CRA,
could
adversely
affect
us.

The Bank is subject to, among other things, the provisions of   the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, and the Fair
Housing Act, both of which prohibit discrimination based on   race or color, religion, national origin, sex   and familial status
in any aspect of a consumer, commercial credit   or residential real estate transaction. The DOJ and the federal   bank
regulatory agencies have issued an Interagency Policy Statement   on Discrimination in Lending have provided guidance   to
financial institutions to evaluate whether discrimination exists   and how the agencies will respond to lending discrimination,
and what steps lenders might take to prevent discriminatory lending   practices. Failures to comply with ECOA, the Fair
Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations, including   CFPB regulations, could subject us to enforcement
actions or litigation, and could have a material adverse effect    on our business financial condition and results of operations.
Our Bank is also subject to the CRA and periodic CRA examinations.   The CRA requires us to serve our entire
communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.   Our CRA ratings could be adversely affected by actual
or alleged violations of the fair lending or consumer financial   protection laws. Even though we have maintained an
“satisfactory” CRA rating since 2000, we cannot predict   our future CRA ratings. Violations of fair   lending laws or if our
CRA rating falls to less than “satisfactory” could adversely affect    our business, including expansion through branching or
acquisitions.

COVID-19 Risks

The
COVID-19
pandemic
is
expected
to
continue


to
adversely
affect
our


business,
financial
condition
and
results
of
operations.
The
ultimate
effects
of
the
pandemic
on
us
will
depend


on
the
severity,
scope
and


duration
of
the
pandemic,
its
cumulative
economic
effects,
governmental
actions


in
response
to
the
pandemic,
and
the


restoration
of
a
more


normal
economy.  

The COVID-19 national health emergency has significantly disrupted    the United States and international economies and
financial markets. We   expect that the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects   will continue to adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations in future periods. The   spread of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines,
cancellation of events and travel, business and school shutdowns, reductions   in business activity and financial transactions,
supply chain interruptions and overall economic and financial market instability.    The State of Alabama and many other
states have taken preventative and protective actions, such as   imposing a statewide mask mandate, restrictions on travel,
business operations, public gatherings, social distancing, advising   or requiring individuals to limit or forego their time
outside of their homes, and ordering temporary closures of non-essential   businesses. Though certain of these measures have
been relaxed or eliminated, the pandemic has moved in disruptive   and unpredictable waves.

37

 


 






 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The travel, hospitality and food and beverage industries, restaurants,   retailers and auto manufacturers, and their suppliers
have been severely affected. A significant number of layoffs,    furloughs of employees, as well as remote work have
occurred in these and other industries, including government offices,    schools and universities. Auburn University held
virtual classes only from March 16, 2020 through the summer   session. Auburn University’s   guidelines for the spring
semester of 2020 and the 2021 involve both remote and in person   instructions as well as social distancing measures and
modified class schedules. The economic effects of these   measures is not presently known. Hyundai’s    Montgomery and
Kia’s West    Point, Georgia plants were closed for a portion of the first   quarter of 2020, but began a phased reopen in the
second quarter of 2020 in response to COVID-19.

The ultimate effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the   economy, generally,    our markets, and on us cannot be predicted.
The timing and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on   our business, results of operations and financial condition may
include, among various other consequences, the following. These   effects depend on the severity,   scope and duration of the
pandemic, its cumulative economic effects, and the effectiveness    of healthcare, business and governmental actions
addressing the pandemic’s effects,   including vaccinations.

•  Employees’ health could be adversely affected, necessitating   their recovery away from work;

•  Unavailability of key personnel necessary to conduct our business activities;

•  Our operating effectiveness may be reduced   as our employees work from home or suffer from the COVID   -19

virus;

• 

Shelter in place, remote work or other restrictions and interruptions of   our business and contact with our
customers;

• 

Sustained closures   of our branch lobbies or the offices of our   customers;

•  Declines in demand for loans and other banking services and products,   and reduced usage and interchange fees

on our payment cards;

•  Continuing large scale fiscal and monetary stimulus actions   may stabilize the economy, but   may increase
economic and market risks, including valuation “bubbles,” volati   lity in various assets and inflation;

• 

• 

• 

Inflation and increases in interest rates may result from fiscal   stimulus and monetary stimulus, and the Federal
Reserve has indicated it is willing to permit inflation to run moderately   above its 2% target for some time;

Increased savings and debt reduction by consumers could reduce   demand for credit and our earning assets;

Significant volatility in United States financial markets and our   investment securities portfolio, including credit
concerns in municipal securities;

•  Declines in the credit quality of our loan portfolio, owing to   the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in the

markets we serve, leading to increased provisions for loan losses and   increases in our allowance for possible
credit losses;

•  Declines in the value of collateral for loans, including real estate   collateral, especially in industries such as

travel, hospitality, restaura   nts and retailers;

•  Declines in the net worth and liquidity of borrowers, impairing their   ability to pay timely their loan obligations

to us;

•  Generally low market interest rates that reduce our net interest   income and our profitability;

•  Loan deferrals and loan modifications, and mortgage foreclosure   moratoria, including those mandated by law,    or
which are encouraged by our regulators, may increase our expense   and risks of collectability,   reduce our cash
flows and liquidity and adversely affect our results of operations   and financial condition;

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

•  The end of temporary regulatory accounting and capital relief for   banks regarding the effects of the COVID-19
pandemic, including loan deferrals and modifications, could   increase our TDRs and require additions to our
allowance for loan losses, which may adversely affect   our income, financial condition and capital;

•  Our waiver of various fees and service charges to support   our customers and communities will adversely affect

our results of operation and our liquidity and financial position;

•  The COVID-19 pandemic may change customer financial behaviors   and payment practices. Electronic banking

could become more popular with less customers doing business   at our offices;

•  Certain of our assets, including loans and securities, may become   impaired, which would adversely affect our
results of operation and financial condition and mortgage loan foreclosure    moratoria may limit our ability to
timely act to protect our interests in the loan collateral;

•  Reductions in income or losses will adversely affect   our capital and growth of capital, including our capital for

bank regulatory purposes;

•  Losses or reductions in net income may adversely affect the   growth or amount of dividends we can pay on our

common stock;

•  The effects of government fiscal and monetary policies,   including changes in such policies, or the effects   of

COVID-19 relief programs are discontinued, on the economy and   financial stability, generally,    and on our
business, results of operations and financial condition cannot   be predicted;

•  Cybercriminals may increase their attempts to compromise business   and consumer emails, including an increase
in phishing attempts, and fraudulent vendors or other parties   may view the pandemic as an opportunity to prey
upon consumers and businesses during this time.  

•  The restoration of financial stability and economic growth may   depend on the health care system developing and
deploying COVID-19 testing and contact tracing, and delivery of COVID   -19 vaccines, which promote consumer
and employee health and confidence in the economy.

These factors, together or in combination with other events or   occurrences that are unknown or anticipated, may materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition and   results of operations.

Our
stock
price
may
reflect
securities
market
conditions  

The ongoing COVID-19  pandemic has resulted in substantial securities   market volatility, especially for   bank stocks and
has, and may continue to, adversely affect the market of   our common stock. The spread, intensification and duration   of
COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the effectiveness of governmental,    fiscal and monetary policies, and regulatory responses
to the pandemic, further affect the financial markets and   the market prices for securities generally,   and the market prices for
bank stocks, including our common stock.

The
COVID-19
global
pandemic
could
result


in
deterioration
of
asset
quality
and
an
increase


in
credit
losses. 

Many businesses have had, and may continue to have lower revenues   and cash flows and many consumers will have lower
income. These could result in an inability to repay loans timely in full,   reduce our asset quality and reduce our deposits.
Loan modifications and payment deferrals may also increase   our credit risks, especially when temporary regulatory relief
for these actions expires. Our business, results of operations,   liquidity and financial condition could be adversely   affected.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

As
a
participating
lender
in
the
PPP,

 
the
Bank
is
subject
to
additional
risks
of
litigation
from


the
Bank’s

 
customers
or
other
parties
regarding


the
Bank’s

 
processing
of
loans
for
the
PPP
and


risks
that
the
SBA
may
not
fund
some
or
all
PPP
loan
guaranties.  

The CARES Act, Paycheck Protection Program and Healthcare   Enhancement Act and Economic Aid Act appropriated
more than $1 trillion in funding for PPP loans administered   through by the SBA and the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Under the PPP,    eligible small businesses and other entities and individuals can apply for   loans from existing SBA lenders
and other approved PPP lenders, subject to numerous limitations   and eligibility criteria. The Bank is participating as a
lender in the PPP and made $36.5 million of PPP loans in 2020.    The PPP loans charge 1% interest annually.    Forgiveness
of these loans has been slow, and   PPP loans earn less than market rates.    Since the opening of the PPP,    various banks have
been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures   used in processing applications for the PPP,    and greater
governmental attention is directed at preventing fraud.    We may be exposed   to similar litigation risks, from both customers
and non-customers that approached the Bank regarding PPP   loans we extended. If any such litigation is filed against the
Bank and is not resolved favorably to the Bank, it may result   in financial liability or adversely affect our reputation.
Litigation can be costly, regardless   of outcome. Any financial liability,   litigation costs or reputational damage caused by
PPP related litigation could have a material adverse effect   on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank also has credit risk on PPP loans, if the SBA determines   deficiencies in the manner in which PPP loans were
originated, funded or serviced by the Bank, such as an issue with the   eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, or
obtain forgiveness of a PPP properly,    including those related to the ambiguities in the laws,   rules and guidance regarding
the PPP’s operation. In   the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a   determination by the SBA that there
were one or more deficiencies in the manner in which the PPP   loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Company,
the SBA may deny its liability under the PPP loan guaranty,    reduce the amount of the guaranty,   or, if it has already paid
under the guaranty, seek recovery of   any loss related to the deficiency from the Company.    Similar issues may also result in
the denial of forgiveness of PPP loans, which could expose   us to potential borrower bankruptcies and potential losses and
additional costs.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED    STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Bank conducts its business from its main office and   seven full-service branches. The Bank also operates loan
production offices   in Auburn and Phenix City,    Alabama. The Bank owns   its main office building site,   which is located in
downtown Auburn, Alabama.    During 2020 the main office was demolished and a   temporary main office branch was
constructed in the AuburnBank Center (the “Center”).    The Bank also owns the Center, which was   located next to the
Bank’s recently demolished main   office.    The Center has approximately 23,000 square feet of space.   All of the Bank’s
mortgage servicing, data processing activities, and other operations,   are located in the Center.    The temporary main office
branch offers the full line of the Bank’s    services and has one ATM.    The Bank’s drive-through facility located   on the main
office campus was constructed in October 2012.    This drive-through facility has five drive-through lanes, including an
ATM,    and a walk-up teller window.

In January 2019, the Bank purchased a parcel that adjoins the   Center in order to improve ingress and egress to the Bank's
main campus, which comprises over 5 acres in downtown Auburn and   includes the Bank's main office site, drive-through
facility, and the Center.    The building improvements on this adjoining parcel,   as well as the main office, will be demolished
as part of Phase I of the Bank's plan to redevelop its main campus.    Phase I of this redevelopment plan will include the
construction of a new headquarters building and a parking deck.    Construction activities commenced during the second half
of 2020 and upon completion of Phase I, the Bank's main office   branch and all of its back-office operations will   be located
in the new headquarters building.    Any unused office/retail space in this new building will be   available for lease to third
parties.

The Opelika branch is located in Opelika, Alabama. This branch,   built in 1991, is owned by the Bank and has
approximately 4,000 square feet of space. This branch offers    the full line of the Bank’s services and   has drive-through
windows and an ATM.    This branch offers parking for approximately 36 vehicles.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Bank’s Notasulga branch was   opened in August 2001. This branch is located in Notasulga, Alabama,   about 15 miles
west of Auburn, Alabama. This branch is owned by the Bank   and has approximately 1,344 square feet of space. The Bank
leased the land for this branch from a third party.    In May 2019,   the Bank’s land lease renewed for   another one year term.
This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s    services including safe deposit boxes and a drive-through window.    This
branch offers parking for approximately 11   vehicles, including a handicapped ramp.

In November 2002, the Bank opened a loan production office    in Phenix City, Alabama, about   35 miles south of Auburn,
Alabama. In November 2020,   the Bank renewed its lease for another year.

In February 2009, the Bank opened a branch located on Bent   Creek Road in Auburn, Alabama. This branch is owned by the
Bank and has approximately 4,000 square feet of space.   This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s    services and has
drive-through windows and a drive-up ATM.    This branch offers parking for approximately 29   vehicles.

In December 2011, the Bank opened   a branch located on Fob James Drive in Valley,    Alabama, about 30 miles northeast of
Auburn, Alabama.    This branch is owned by the Bank and has approximately 5,000   square feet of space.    This branch offers
the full line of the Bank’s services   and has drive-through windows and a drive-up ATM.    This branch offers parking for
approximately 35 vehicles.    Prior to December 2011,   the Bank leased office space for a loan production office   in Valley,
Alabama.    The loan production office was originally opened   in September 2004.

In February 2015, the Bank relocated its Auburn Kroger branch to a   new location within the Corner Village    Shopping
Center, in Auburn, Alabama. In February 2015,    the Bank entered into a new lease agreement for five years with options   for
two 5-year extensions. In February 2020, the Bank exercised   its option to renew the lease for another five years. The Ban   k
leases approximately 1,500 square feet of space for the Corner Village    branch. Prior to relocation, the Bank’s    Auburn
Kroger branch was located in the Kroger supermarket in the same   shopping center. The Auburn Kroger   branch was
originally opened in August 1988. The Corner Village    branch offers the full line of the Bank’s    deposit and other services
including an ATM,    except safe deposit boxes.

In September 2015, the Bank relocated its Auburn Wal   -Mart Supercenter branch to a new location the Bank purchased   in
December 2014 at the intersection of S. Donahue Avenue    and E. University Drive in Auburn, Alabama.    The South
Donahue branch, built in 2015, has approximately 3,600   square feet of space.    Prior to relocation, the Bank’s Auburn   Wal-
Mart Supercenter branch was located inside the Wal   -Mart shopping center on the south side of Auburn, Alabama.    The
Auburn Wal-Mart Supercenter    branch was originally opened in September 2000. The South Donahue branch   offers the full
line of the Bank’s services and   has drive-through windows and an ATM.    This branch offers parking for approximately 28
vehicles.

In May 2017, the Bank relocated its Opelika Kroger branch to   a new location the Bank purchased in August 2016 near the
Tiger Town   Retail Shopping Center and the intersection of U.S. Highway 280   and Frederick Road in Opelika, Alabama.  
The Tiger Town   branch, built in 2017, has approximately 5,500   square feet of space.    Prior to relocation, the Bank’s
Opelika Kroger branch was located inside the Kroger supermarket in   the Tiger Town    retail center in Opelika, Alabama. The
Opelika Kroger branch was originally opened in July 2007.   The Tiger Town   branch offers the full line of the Bank’s
services and has drive-through windows and an ATM.    This branch offers parking for approximately 36 vehicles.

In September 2018, the Bank opened a loan production office    on East Samford Avenue in   Auburn, Alabama.    The location
has approximately 2,500 square feet of space and is leased through 2028   .    The loan production office was previously
located in the Center on the Bank’s   main campus. This location offers parking for approximately   16 vehicles.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of its business, the Company and the Bank from   time to time are involved in legal proceedings. The
Company’s management believe   there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings that,   upon resolution, are expected to
have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s    or the Bank’s financial   condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

PART   II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY,    RELATED STOCKHOLDER    MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s Common Stock   is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol “AUBN”.   As of March 8, 2021,
there were approximately 3,566,326 shares of the Company’s    Common Stock issued and outstanding, which were held by
approximately 373 shareholders of record. The following table   sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low closing
sale prices for the Company’s Common   Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market, and   the cash dividends declared to
shareholders during the indicated periods.

Closing  
Price  
Per Share (1)

High

Low

Cash  
Dividends  
Declared  

$

$

  59.99  
  63.40  
  56.80  
  43.00  

  39.43  
  39.55  
  47.38  
  53.90  

$

$

  24.11  
  36.81  
  26.26  
  36.75  

  30.61  
  31.06  
  32.33  
  40.00  

$

$

  0.255  
  0.255  
  0.255  
  0.255  

  0.25  
  0.25  
  0.25  
  0.25  

2020
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2019
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

(1)  

 The price information represents actual transactions.

The Company has paid cash dividends on its capital stock since 1985.   Prior to this time, the Bank paid cash dividends since
its organization in 1907, except during the Depression   years of 1932 and 1933. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to
receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company’s    Board of Directors. The amount and frequency of cash
dividends will be determined in the judgment of the Board   based upon a number of factors, including the Company’s
earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other   relevant factors. The Board currently intends to continue its
present dividend policies.

Federal Reserve policy could restrict future dividends on our   Common Stock, depending on our earnings and capital
position and likely needs. See “Supervision and Regulation –   Payment of Dividends” and “Management’s   Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –   Capital Adequacy”.

The amount of dividends payable by the Bank is limited by law and   regulation.    The need to maintain adequate capital in
the Bank also limits dividends that may be paid to the Company.

42

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the cumulative, total   return on the Company’s Co   mmon Stock from
December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2020,   with that of the Nasdaq Composite Index and SNL Southeast Bank Index
(assuming a $100 investment on December 31, 2015).   Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the
amount of dividends received over the indicated period,   assuming the reinvestment of dividends.

Index

12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 12/31/2020

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite Index

SNL Southeast Bank Index

100
100

100

109.08
108.87

132.75

139.15
141.13

164.21

115.94
137.12

135.67

199.43
187.44

191.06

160.34
271.64

172.07

Period Ending

43

  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

October 1 – October 31, 2020
November 1 – November 30, 2020
December 1 – December 31, 2020
Total

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
––
––
––
––

Average Price Paid
per Share
––
––
––
––

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
––
––
––
––

The Approximate
Dollar Value    of Shares
that May Yet   Be Under
the Plans or
Programs(1)

5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000

(1) On March 10, 2020 the Company adopted a $5 million stock repurchase program that became effective April 1, 2020.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation   Plans

See the information included under Part III, Item 12, which is   incorporated in response to this item by reference.

Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

See Table   2 “Selected Financial Data” and general discussion in Item 7, “Management’s    Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS    OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS    OF
OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our financial condition at December   31, 2020 and 2019 and our results of operations for
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The   purpose of this discussion is to provide information about our financial
condition and results of operations which is not otherwise apparent    from the consolidated financial statements. The
following discussion and analysis should be read along with   our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
included elsewhere herein. In addition, this discussion and analysis   contains forward-looking statements, so you should
refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Special Cautionary Notice   Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.  

OVERVIEW

The Company was incorporated in 1990 under the laws of the State of   Delaware and became a bank holding company after
it acquired its Alabama predecessor,   which was a bank holding company established in 1984. The Bank,   the Company's
principal subsidiary, is an Alabama    state-chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System   and has operated
continuously since 1907. Both the Company and the Bank are   headquartered in Auburn, Alabama. The Bank conducts its
business primarily in East Alabama, including Lee County and   surrounding areas. The Bank operates full-service branches
in Auburn, Opelika, Notasulga and Valley,    Alabama.    The Bank also operates loan production offices   in Auburn and
Phenix City, Alabama.

44

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Summary of Results of Operations

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
per
share
data)
Net interest income (a)
Less: tax-equivalent adjustment

Net interest income (GAAP)

Noninterest income
Total revenue
Provision for loan losses
Noninterest expense
Income tax expense  
Net earnings

Basic and diluted net earnings per share

(a) Tax-equivalent.    See "Table 1 - Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

Financial Summary

Year ended December 31

$

$

$

2020
24,830
492
24,338
5,375
29,713
1,100
19,554
1,605
7,454

2.09

$

$

$

2019
26,621
557
26,064
5,494
31,558
(250)
19,697
2,370
9,741

2.72

The Company’s net earnings were $7.5    million for the full year 2020, compared to $9.7 million for the full year   2019.  
Basic and diluted net earnings per share were $2.09 per share   for the full year 2020, compared to $2.72 per share for the full
year 2019.    The decrease in full year 2020 net earnings was primarily driven   by the negative impact of the COVID-19
pandemic, which resulted in elevated provision for loan losses,   compared to 2019, in addition to a lower interest rate
environment.

Net interest income (tax-equivalent) was $24.8 million in 2020,   a 7% decrease compared to $26.6 million in 2019. This
decrease was primarily due to net interest margin compression    resulting from the Federal Reserve’s   interest rate reductions
in response to COVID-19.   Net interest margin (tax-equivalent) decreased   to 2.92% in 2020, compared to 3.43% in 2019,
primarily due to the lower interest rate environment and changes   in our asset mix resulting from the significant increase in
customer deposits.  

At December 31, 2020, the Company’s   allowance for loan losses was $5.6 million, or 1.22%   of total loans, compared to
$4.4 million, or 0.95% of total loans, at December 31, 2019.    Excluding Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans, the
Company’s allowance for loan   losses was 1.27% of total loans at December 31, 2020.   The Company recorded a provision
for loan losses of $1.1 million in 2020 compared to a   negative provision for loan losses of $0.3 million during 2019. The
increase in the provision for loan losses was related to changes   in economic conditions and portfolio trends driven by the
impact of COVID-19 and resulting adverse economic conditions,   including higher unemployment in our primary market
area.   The provision for loan losses is based upon various estimates   and judgements, including the absolute level of loans,
loan growth, credit quality and the amount of net charge   -offs.    Net recoveries as a percent of average loans were 0.03% in
2020 compared to net charge-offs as a percent   of average loans of 0.03% in 2019.  

Noninterest income was $5.4 million in 2020 compared to   $5.5 million in 2019.    Although total noninterest income was
largely unchanged in 2020, 2019 included a $1.7   million gain that resulted from the termination of a loan guarantee
program operated by the State of Alabama.    This decrease was partially offset by an increase   in mortgage lending income of
$1.5 million during 2020 compared to 2019, as lower interest   rates for mortgage loans increased refinancing activity and
pricing margins improved.  

Noninterest expense was $19.6 million in 2020 compared to   $19.7 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a
reduction of $0.6 million in salaries and benefits expense which was offset    by an increase of $0.6 million in various
expenses related to the planned redevelopment of the Company’s    headquarters in downtown Auburn.  

Income tax expense was $1.6 million in 2020 and $2.4   million in 2019 reflecting an effective tax rate of 17.72%   and
19.57%, respectively.    This change was primarily due to a decrease in the level of   earnings before taxes relative to tax-
exempt sources of income.    The Company’s effective   income tax rate is principally impacted by tax-exempt earnings   from
the Company’s investments in    municipal securities   and bank-owned life insurance.  

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Company paid cash dividends of $1.02 per share in 2020,   an increase of 2% from 2019. At December 31, 2020, the
Bank’s regulatory capital ratios   were well above the minimum amounts required to be “well capitalized”   under current
regulatory standards with a total risk-based capital ratio of   18.31%, a tier 1 leverage ratio of 10.32% and common equity
tier 1 (“CET1”) of 17.27% at December 31, 2020.  

COVID-19 Impact Assessment

In December 2019, COVID-19 was first reported in China and   has since spread to a number of other countries, including
the United States. In March 2020, the World    Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global   pandemic and the United
States declared a National Public Health Emergency.    The COVID-19 pandemic has severely restricted the level   of
economic activity in our markets. In response to the COVID-19   pandemic, the State of Alabama, and most other states,
have taken preventative or protective actions to prevent the spread    of the virus, including imposing restrictions on travel
and business operations and a statewide mask mandate, advising or   requiring individuals to limit or forego their time
outside of their homes, limitations on gathering of people and   social distancing, and causing temporary closures of
businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential.    Though certain of these measures have been relaxed or   eliminated,
increases in reported cases could cause these measures to be   reestablished.    Auburn University, a major   source of economic
activity in Lee County, went to   remote instruction on March 16, 2020.    Auburn University announced its guidelines for the
remainder of the 2020/2021 school year,   which involves both remote and in person instruction as well as other social
distancing measures.    The economic effects of these measures are   not presently known.

COVID-19 has significantly affected local state, national   and global health and economic activity and its future effects   are
uncertain and will depend on various factors, including, among others,   the duration and scope of the pandemic, the
development and distribution of COVID-19 testing and contact   tracing, effective drug treatments and vaccines, together
with governmental, regulatory and private sector responses.    COVID-19 has had continuing significant effects on the
economy, financial markets and   our employees, customers and vendors. Our business, financial condition   and results of
operations generally rely upon the ability of our borrowers to   make deposits and repay their loans, the value of collateral
underlying our secured loans, market value, stability and liquidity and   demand for loans and other products and services we
offer, all of which are affected    by the pandemic.    See “Balance Sheet Analysis – Loans” for supplemental COVID   -19
disclosures.

We have implemented   a number of procedures in response to the pandemic to support    the safety and well-being of our
employees, customers and shareholders.

●  We believe our   business continuity plan has worked to provide essential banking   services to our communities and

customers, while protecting our employees’ health.    As part of our efforts to exercise social distancing in
accordance with the guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control   and the Governor of the State of Alabama,
starting March 23, 2020, we limited branch lobby service to appointment   only while continuing to operate our
branch drive-thru facilities and ATMs.    On June 1, 2020, we re-opened some of our branch lobbies as permitted   by
state public health guidelines.    We continue to provide   services through our online and other electronic channels.  
In addition, we established remote work access to help employees   stay at home where job duties permit.  

●  We are   focused on servicing the financial needs of our commercial and consumer   clients with extensions and

deferrals to loan customers effected by COVID-19,   provided such customers were not more than 30 days past   due
at the time of the request; and

●  We are   a participating lender in the PPP.   PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the   proceeds are used for
payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with the requirements   of the PPP.    These loans carry a fixed
rate of 1.00% and a term of two years (loans made before June 5,   2020) or five years (loans made on or after June
5, 2020), if not forgiven, in whole or in part.    Payments are deferred until either the date on which the Small
Business Administration (“SBA”) remits the amount of forgiveness   proceeds to the lender or the date that is 10
months after the last day of the covered period if the borrower   does not apply for forgiveness within that 10-month
period.    We believe these loans   and our participation in the program is good for our customers   and the
communities we serve.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

A summary of PPP loans extended during 2020 follows:

(Dollars
in
thousands)

SBA Tier:
$2 million to $10 million
$350,000 to less than $2 million
Up to $350,000

Total

# of SBA
Approved

Mix

$ of SBA
Approved

Mix

—
23
400
423

— % $

5
95

100 % $

—
14,691
21,784
36,475

— %
40
60
100 %

The Company extended $36.5 million in loans to 423 small businesses   under the PPP during 2020.    We collected
approximately $1.5 million in fees related to our PPP loans,   which are being recognized net of related costs, as a yield
adjustment over the life of the underlying PPP loans.    During 2020, we received payments and forgiveness on 158   loans
totaling   $17.5 million.    The outstanding balance for the remaining 265 loans as December   31, 2020 was approximately
$19.0 million.  

On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small   Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues    Act (the “Economic Aid
Act”) was signed into law. The   Economic Aid Act provides a second $900 billion stimulus   package, including $325 billion
in additional PPP loans.    As of February 28, 2021, the Company has extended $17.4   million in loans to 169 small
businesses under the PPP provided by the Economic Aid Act.  

We continue to closely   monitor this pandemic, and are working to continue our services   during the pandemic and to address
developments as those occur.    Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020   ,   and our financial condition
at that date reflect only the initial effects of the pandemic,   and may not be indicative of future results or financial
conditions, including possible additional monetary or fiscal stimulus,   and the possible effects of the expiration or extension
of temporary accounting and bank regulatory relief measures   in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.  

As of December 31, 2020,   all of our capital ratios were in excess of all regulatory requirements to be   well capitalized.    The
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our borrowers   could result in adverse changes to credit quality and our regulatory
capital ratios.    We continue to closely   monitor this pandemic, and are working to continue our services during   the pandemic
and to address developments as those occur.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Company conform    with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles and with general practices within the banking industry.    In connection with the application of those principles, we
have made judgments and estimates which, in the case of the determination   of our allowance for loan losses, our
assessment of other-than-temporary impairment, recurring and non-recurring   fair value measurements, the valuation of
other real estate owned, and the valuation of deferred tax assets,   were critical to the determination of our financial position
and results of operations. Other policies also require subjective   judgment and assumptions and may accordingly impact our
financial position and results of operations.  

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for loan   losses prior to the end of each calendar quarter.    The level of
the allowance is based upon management’s   evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience,   current asset quality
trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations   that may affect a borrower’s ability to   repay (including
the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying   collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic
conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss rates and other pertinent   factors, including regulatory recommendations. This
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including   the amounts and timing of future cash flows
expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible   to significant change. Loans are charged off, in whole   or
in part, when management believes that the full collectability of the   loan is unlikely. A loan   may be partially charged-off
after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate   that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is
unlikely.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Company deems loans impaired when, based on current information   and events, it is probable that the Company will
be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual   terms of the loan agreement. Collection of all amounts due
according to the contractual terms means that both the interest   and principal payments of a loan will be collected as
scheduled in the loan agreement.

An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the   loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. The
impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are   impaired are recorded at the present value of expected
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s   effective interest rate, or if the loan is collateral dependent,    impairment
measurement is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated   disposal costs.

The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to   be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the
portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased   by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-
offs, net of recoveries of amounts previously charged   -off.

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company also   considers the results of its ongoing internal, independent
loan review process. The Company’s   loan review process assists in determining whether there are   loans in the portfolio
whose credit quality has weakened over time and evaluating the risk characteristics    of the entire loan portfolio. The
Company’s loan review process includes   the judgment of management, the input from our independent   loan reviewers, and
reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies   as part of their examination process. The Company
incorporates loan review results in the determination of whether   or not it is probable that it will be able to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.

As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment    of the allowance, management divides the loan portfolio   into five segments:
commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial   real estate, residential real estate, and consumer
installment loans. The Company analyzes each segment and   estimates an allowance allocation for each loan segment.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses begins with a   process of estimating the probable losses inherent for these
types of loans. The estimates for these loans are established by category   and based on the Company’s internal   system of
credit risk ratings and historical loss data. The estimated loan loss allocation   rate for the Company’s internal system   of
credit risk grades is based on its experience with similarly graded    loans. For loan segments where the Company believes it
does not have sufficient historical loss data, the Company   may make adjustments based, in part, on loss rates of peer   bank
groups. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for the years then ended,    the Company adjusted its historical loss rates for the
commercial real estate portfolio segment based, in part, on loss rates of peer   bank groups.

The estimated loan loss allocation for all five loan portfolio segments   is then adjusted for management’s   estimate of
probable losses for several “qualitative and environmental” factors.    The allocation for qualitative and environmental
factors is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical    calculation.    This amount represents
estimated probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet   been identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are
based upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual   loans, credit concentration changes, prevailing
economic conditions, changes in lending personnel experience,   changes in lending policies or procedures and other
influencing factors.    These qualitative and environmental factors are considered   for each of the five loan segments and the
allowance allocation, as determined by the processes noted   above, is increased or decreased based on the incremental
assessment of these factors.

The Company regularly re-evaluates its practices in determining the   allowance for loan losses. Since the fourth quarter of
2016, the Company has increased its look-back period each quarter   to incorporate the effects of at least one economic
downturn in its loss history. The   Company believes the extension   of its look-back period is appropriate due to the risks
inherent in the loan portfolio. Absent this extension, the early   cycle periods in which the Company experienced significant
losses would be excluded from the determination of the allowance for   loan losses and its balance would decrease. For the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company increased its look   -back period to 47 quarters to continue to include losses
incurred by the Company beginning with the first quarter of 2009.   The Company will likely continue to increase its look-
back period to incorporate the effects of at least one   economic downturn in its loss history.   During 2020, the Company
adjusted certain qualitative and economic factors related to changes in   economic conditions driven by the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic and resulting adverse economic conditions,   including higher unemployment in our primary market
area.    Further adjustments may be made in the future as a result of the ongoing COVID   -19 pandemic.  

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Assessment for Other-Than-Temporary    Impairment of Securities

On a quarterly basis, management makes an assessment to determine   whether there have been events or economic
circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an   unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired.  

For debt securities with an unrealized loss, an other-than   -temporary impairment write-down is triggered when (1)   the
Company has the intent to sell a debt security,    (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required   to sell the
debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or   (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized
cost basis of the debt security.    If the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or if it is more   likely than not that it will
be required to sell the debt security before recovery,    the other-than-temporary write-down is equal to the entire   difference
between the debt security’s amortized   cost and its fair value.    If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not
more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security   before recovery, the other   -than-temporary impairment write-
down is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component)    and the amount due to all other factors.    The
credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference    between the security’s   amortized cost basis and the
present value of its expected future cash flows.    The remaining difference between the security’s    fair value and the present
value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit   related and is recognized in other comprehensive
income, net of applicable taxes.

The Company is required to own certain stock as a condition of   membership, such as Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)
and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”).    These non-marketable equity securities are accounted for at   cost which equals par or
redemption value.    These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value as their   ownership is restricted and there is
no market for these securities.    The Company records these non-marketable equity securities   as a component of other
assets, which are periodically evaluated for impairment. Ma   nagement considers these non-marketable equity securities to
be long-term investments. Accordingly,    when evaluating these securities for impairment, management considers   the
ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary   declines in value.

Fair Value   Determination

U.S. GAAP requires management to value and disclose certain of the   Company’s assets and liabilities   at fair value,
including investments classified as available-for-sale   and derivatives. ASC 820, Fair
Value

 
Measurements
and
Disclosures,
which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair   value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements.    For more information regarding fair value measurements and disclosures,
please refer to Note 15, Fair Value,    of the consolidated financial statements that accompany this report.

Fair values are based on active market prices of identical assets or   liabilities when available.    Comparable assets or
liabilities or a composite of comparable assets in active markets are   used when identical assets or liabilities do not have
readily available active market pricing.    However, some of the Company’s    assets or liabilities lack an available or
comparable trading market characterized by frequent transactions between    willing buyers and sellers. In these cases, fair
value is estimated using pricing models that use discounted cash   flows and other pricing techniques. Pricing models and
their underlying assumptions are based upon management’s    best estimates for appropriate discount rates, default rates,
prepayments, market volatility and other factors, taking into   account current observable market data and experience.

These assumptions may have a significant effect on the reported    fair values of assets and liabilities and the related income
and expense. As such, the use of different models and   assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could   result in
materially different net earnings and retained earnings   results.  

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”), consists of properties obtained   through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans and is
reported at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to   sell at the date acquired with any loss recognized as a
charge-off through the allowance for loan   losses. Additional OREO losses for subsequent valuation adjustments   are
determined on a specific property basis and are included as a   component of other noninterest expense along with holding
costs. Any gains or losses on disposal of OREO are also reflected   in noninterest expense. Significant judgments and
complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of OREO, and   the period of time within which such estimates
can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods   of market volatility. As a   result, the net proceeds
realized from sales transactions could differ significantly   from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used   to
determine the fair value of other OREO.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Deferred Tax    Asset Valuation

A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based   on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-
than-not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be   realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets
is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during   the periods in which those temporary differences   become
deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred    tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax
planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon   the level of taxable income over the last three years and
projections for future taxable income over the periods in which   the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes
it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these   deductible differences at December 31,   2020. The amount
of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however,    could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income are
reduced.

Average Balance   Sheet and Interest Rates

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Loans and loans held for sale  
Securities - taxable
Securities - tax-exempt (a)
Total securities

Federal funds sold
Interest bearing bank deposits

Total interest-earning assets

Deposits:
NOW
Savings and money market
Certificates of deposits

Total interest-bearing deposits

Short-term borrowings

Total interest-bearing liabilities

$

2020

Average

Balance

465,378
234,420
63,029
297,449
30,977
56,104
849,908

Yield/

Rate
4.74% $
1.68%
3.72%
2.11%
0.41%
0.41%
3.38%

154,431
242,485
165,120
562,036
1,864
563,900
24,830

0.34%
0.44%
1.36%
0.68%
0.48%
0.68%
2.92% $

Year ended December 31

2019

Average

Balance

474,259
178,410
66,628
245,038
20,223
36,869
776,389

134,430
218,630
170,835
523,895
1,443
525,338
26,621

Yield/

Rate
4.83%
2.24%
3.99%
2.72%
2.09%
2.16%
3.97%

0.53%
0.44%
1.46%
0.80%
0.49%
0.80%
3.43%

Net interest income and margin (a)
(a) Tax-equivalent.    See "Table 1 - Explanation   of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

$

RESULTS   OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income and Margin

Net interest income (tax-equivalent) was $24.8 million in 2020,   compared to $26.6 million in 2019.   This decrease was due
to a decline in the Company’s net interest    margin (tax-equivalent). 

The tax-equivalent yield on total interest-earning assets decreased   by 59 basis points in 2020 from 2019 to 3.38%.   This
decrease was primarily due to the lower rate environment, including   a 150 basis point reduction in the federal funds rate
that occurred in March 2020 and changes in our asset mix from the   significant short-term liquidity increase in customer
deposits. 

The cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreased 12 basis points   in 2020 from 2019 to 0.68%. Such costs declined less
than the declines in rates earned on our interest earning assets.

The Company continues to deploy various asset liability management   strategies to manage its risk to interest rate
fluctuations. The Company’s net   interest margin could experience pressure due to reduced   earning asset yields and
increased competition for quality loan opportunities.  

50

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents a charge to earnings   necessary to provide an allowance for loan losses that
management believes, based on its processes and estimates,   should be adequate to provide for the probable losses on
outstanding loans. The provision for loan losses was $1.1 million   in 2020, compared to a negative provision for loan losses
of $0.3 million in 2019. The increase in the provision for loan losses   was related to adverse changes in economic conditions
and portfolio trends driven by the impact of COVID-19 pandemic, including   higher unemployment in our primary market
area. The provision for loan losses is based upon various factors,    including the absolute level of loans, loan growth, the
credit quality, and the amount of   net charge-offs or recoveries.  

Based upon its assessment of the loan portfolio, management   adjusts the allowance for loan losses to an amount it believes
should be appropriate to adequately cover its estimate of probable    losses in the loan portfolio. The Company’s   allowance
for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.22% at December   31, 2020, compared to 0.95% at December 31, 2019.
At December 31, 2020, the Company’s   allowance for loan losses was 1.27% of total loans, excluding   PPP loans. While the
policies and procedures used to estimate the allowance for loan losses, as well   as the resulting provision for loan losses
charged to operations, are considered adequate   by management and are reviewed from time to time by our regulators,   they
are based on estimates and judgments and are therefore approximate   and imprecise. Factors beyond our control (such as
conditions in the local and national economy,    local real estate markets, or industries) may have a material   adverse effect on
our asset quality and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses resulting   in significant increases in the provision for
loan losses.

Noninterest Income  

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage lending
Bank-owned life insurance
Gain from loan guarantee program
Securities gains (losses), net
Other

Total noninterest income

Year ended December 31

2020
585
2,319
724
—
103
1,644
5,375

$

$

2019
717
866
437
1,717
(123)
1,880
5,494

$

$

The decrease in service charges on deposit accounts   was driven by a decline in consumer spending activity as a result of   the
COVID-19 pandemic.

The Company’s income from mortgage   lending is primarily attributable to the (1) origination and sale   of new mortgage
loans and (2) servicing of mortgage loans. Origination income, net, is   comprised of gains or losses from the sale of the
mortgage loans originated, origination fees, underwriting fees and   other fees associated with the origination of loans, which
are netted against the commission expense associated with these   originations. The Company’s normal   practice is to
originate mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market and   to either sell or retain the MSRs when the loan is sold.  

MSRs are recognized based on the fair value of the servicing   right on the date the corresponding mortgage loan is sold.  
Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company   has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method.    Servicing
fee income is reported net of any related amortization expense.  

The Company evaluates MSRs for impairment on a quarterly basis.    Impairment is determined by grouping MSRs by
common predominant characteristics, such as interest rate and loan   type.    If the aggregate carrying amount of a particular
group of MSRs exceeds the group’s aggregate   fair value, a valuation allowance for that group is established.    The valuation
allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes.    An increase in mortgage interest rates typically results in an increase in   the
fair value of the MSRs while a decrease in mortgage interest rates   typically results in a decrease in the fair value of MSRs.  

51

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The following table presents a breakdown of the Company’s    mortgage lending income for 2020 and 2019.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Origination income
Servicing fees, net

Total mortgage lending income

Year ended December 31

$

$

2020
2,300
19
2,319

$

$

2019
545
321
866

The increase in mortgage lending income was primarily due to   an increase in mortgage refinance activity.    The Company’s
income from mortgage lending typically fluctuates as mortgage   interest rates change and is primarily attributable to the
origination and sale of new mortgage loans. The increase in mortgage   lending income was partially offset by a decrease in
servicing fees, net of related amortization expense as prepayment   speeds increased during 2020, resulting in increased
amortization expense.  

Income from bank-owned life insurance increased primarily due   to $0.3 million in non-taxable death benefits received in
2020. The assets that support these policies are administered   by the life insurance carriers and the income we receive (i.e.,
increases or decreases in the cash surrender value of the policies   and death benefits received) on these policies is dependent
upon the returns the insurance carriers are able to earn on the   underlying investments that support these policies. Earnings
on these policies are generally not taxable.  

In 2019, the Company recognized a gain of $1.7 million resulting   from the termination of a Loan Guarantee Program (the
"Program") operated by the State of Alabama.    For more information regarding the Program, please refer   to Note 5, Loans
and Allowance for Loan Losses, of the consolidated financial   statements that accompany this report.

The decrease in other noninterest income was primarily due to   a $0.3 million pre-tax gain from an insurance recovery
received in the first quarter of 2019.  

Noninterest Expense

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Salaries and benefits
Net occupancy and equipment
Professional fees
FDIC and other regulatory assessments
Other

Total noninterest expense

Year ended December 31

2020
11,316
2,511
1,052
256
4,419
19,554

$

$

2019
11,931
1,907
1,014
181
4,664
19,697

$

$

The decrease in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due   to lower full-time equivalent employees, incentive accruals
and an increase in deferred costs related to the PPP   loan program.  

The increase in net occupancy and equipment expense was primarily   due to various expenses related to the redevelopment
of the Company’s headquarters in downtown    Auburn. This amount includes revised depreciation estimates and other
temporary relocation costs. For more information regarding changes   in accounting estimates, please refer to Note 1,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the consolidated    financial statements that accompany this report.

Income Tax   Expense

Income tax expense was $1.6 million in 2020 compared to   $2.4 million in 2019.    The Company’s effective   income tax rate
was 17.72%   in 2020, compared to 19.57% in 2019.    This change was primarily due to a decrease in the level of earnings
before taxes relative to tax-exempt sources of income. The Company’s    effective income tax rate is principally impacted   by
tax-exempt earnings from the Company’s   investments in municipal securities and bank-owned life insurance.

52

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities  

Securities available-for-sale were $335.2   million at December 31, 2020, compared to $235.9 million at December   31, 2019.  
This increase reflects an increase in the amortized cost basis   of securities available-for-sale of $91.9 million, and   an
increase of $7.4 million in the fair value of securities available   -for-sale. The increase in the amortized cost   basis of
securities available-for-sale was primarily attributable   to management allocating more funding to the investment portfolio
following the significant increases in customer deposits. The   increase in the fair value of securities was primarily due to a
decrease in long-term interest rates. The average annualized   tax-equivalent yields earned on total securities were 2.11%    in
2020 and 2.72% in 2019.

The following table shows the carrying value and weighted average   yield of securities available-for-sale as of December
31, 2020 according to contractual maturity.    Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities of mortgage-backed
securities (“MBS”) because the mortgages underlying the securities   may be called or prepaid with or without penalty.  

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Agency obligations
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions
Total available-for-sale
Weighted average yield:
Agency obligations
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions
Total available-for-sale

Loans

(In
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total loans

Less:    unearned income

$

$

$

1 year  

or less

5,048
—
477
5,525

1.59%
—
4.01%
1.80%

2020
82,585
33,514
255,136
84,154
7,099
462,488
(788)

1 to 5

years
24,834
1,154
632
26,620

1.84%
3.31%
4.13%
1.95%

2019
56,782
32,841
270,318
92,575
8,866
461,382
(481)

5 to 10  

After 10

Total  

December 31, 2020

years
55,367
20,502
8,405
84,274

1.51%
1.67%
2.32%
1.63%

2018
63,467
40,222
261,896
102,597
9,295
477,477
(569)

years
12,199
141,814
64,745
218,758

Fair Value
97,448
163,470
74,259
335,177

1.22%
1.42%
2.81%
1.82%

1.56%
1.46%
2.77%
1.78%

2017
59,086
39,607
239,033
106,863
9,588
454,177
(526)

December 31

2016
49,850
41,650
220,439
110,855
8,712
431,506
(560)

Loans, net of unearned income

$

461,700

460,901

476,908

453,651

430,946

Total loans, net of unearned   income, were $461.7 million at December 31, 2020   ,   and $460.9 million at December 31, 2019.  
Excluding PPP loans, total loans, net of unearned income, were   $442.7 million, a decrease of $18.2 million, or 4% from
December 31, 2019.    This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in commercial   real estate loans and residential real
estate loans of $15.2 million and $8.4 million, respectively,    as lower rates increased refinance activity and payoffs for
multi-family residential and consumer mortgage loans.    Four loan categories represented the majority of the   loan portfolio
at December 31, 2020: commercial real estate (55%), residential real   estate (18%), commercial and industrial (18%) and
construction and land development (7%).    Approximately 21% of the Company’s   commercial real estate loans were
classified as owner-occupied at December 31, 2020.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Within the residential real estate portfolio   segment, the Company had junior lien mortgages of approximately $8.7   million,
or 2%, and $10.8 million, or 2%, of total loans, net of unearned   income at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.    For
residential real estate mortgage loans with a consumer purpose,   the Company had no loans that required interest only
payments at December 31, 2020,   compared to approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 2019.   The Company’s
residential real estate mortgage portfolio does not include any option    ARM loans, subprime loans, or any material amount
of other high-risk consumer mortgage products.  

The average yield earned on loans and loans held for sale was 4.74%   in 2020 and 4.83% in 2019.  

The specific economic and credit risks associated with our loan portfolio   include, but are not limited to, the effects of
current economic conditions, including the COVID-19 pandemic’s    effects, on our borrowers’ cash flo   ws, real estate market
sales volumes, valuations, availability and cost of financing properties,    real estate industry concentrations, competitive
pressures from a wide range of other lenders, deterioration in certain   credits, interest rate fluctuations, reduced collateral
values or non-existent collateral, title defects, inaccurate appraisals,   financial deterioration of borrowers, fraud, and any
violation of applicable laws and regulations.  

The Company attempts to reduce these economic and credit   risks through its loan-to-value guidelines for collateralized
loans, investigating the creditworthiness of borrowers and monitoring borrowers’    financial position. Also, we have
established and periodically review,   lending policies and procedures. Banking regulations limit a   bank’s credit exposure   by
prohibiting unsecured loan relationships that exceed 10% of its   capital; or 20% of capital, if loans in excess of 10% of
capital are fully secured. Under these regulations, we are prohibited   from having secured loan relationships in excess of
approximately $20.4 million. Furthermore, we have an internal   limit for aggregate credit exposure (loans outstanding plus
unfunded commitments) to a single borrower of $18.3   million. Our loan policy requires that the Loan Committee of the
Board of Directors approve any loan relationships that exceed   this internal limit. At December 31, 2020,   the Bank had no
relationships exceeding these limits.

We periodically   analyze our commercial loan portfolio to determine if a concentration   of credit risk exists in any one or
more industries. We   use classification systems broadly accepted by the financial services   industry in order to categorize our
commercial borrowers. Loan concentrations to borrowers in the   following classes exceeded 25% of the Bank’s    total risk-
based capital at December 31, 2020 (and related balances   at December 31, 2019).  

(In
thousands)
Lessors of 1-4 family residential properties
Hotel/motel
Multi-family residential properties
Shopping centers

Supplemental
COVID-19
Industry
Exposure

$

$

2020
49,127
42,900
40,203
30,000

December 31

2019
43,652
43,719
44,839
30,407

We have identified   certain commercial sectors with enhanced risk resulting from   the impact of COVID-19.    Loans within
these sectors represent 86% of the Company’s    total COVID-19 related modifications at December 31,   2020.    The table
below summarizes the loans outstanding for these sectors at December   31, 2020.

(Dollars
in

 
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Hotel/motel
Shopping centers
Retail, excluding shopping centers
Restaurants
Total

$

$

Portfolio Segment

Commercial and
industrial

Construction and
land development

Commercial real
estate

Total

% of Total Loans

866
8
327
1,407
2,608

10,549
—
—
—
10,549

42,900 $
30,000
18,053
12,865
103,818 $

54,315
30,008
18,380
14,272
116,975

12 %
6
4
3
25 %

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

In light of disruptions in economic conditions caused by COVID   -19, the financial regulators have issued guidance
encouraging banks to work constructively with borrowers affected    by the virus in our community.    This guidance, including
the Interagency Statement on COVID-19 Loan Modifications and   the Interagency Examiner Guidance for Assessing Safety
and Soundness Considering the Effect of the COVID   -19 Pandemic on Institutions, provides that the agencies will not
criticize financial institutions that mitigate credit risk through   prudent actions consistent with safe and sound practices.  
Specifically, examiners will   not criticize institutions for working with borrowers as part   of a risk mitigation strategy
intended to improve existing loans, even if the restructured   loans have or develop weaknesses that ultimately result in
adverse credit classification.    Upon demonstrating the need for payment relief, the bank will work   with qualified borrowers
that were otherwise current before the pandemic to determine   the most appropriate deferral option.    For residential
mortgage and consumer loans the borrower may elect to defer   payments for up to three months.    Interest continues to
accrue and the amount due at maturity increases.    Commercial real estate, commercial, and small business borrowers may
elect to defer payments for up to three months or pay scheduled   interest payments for a nine-month period.    The bank
recognizes that a combination of the payment relief options may be   prudent dependent on a borrower’s business type.    As
of December 31, 2020 we have granted loan payment deferrals   or payments of interest-only primarily on commercial and
industrial and commercial real estate loans totaling $32.3   million, or 7% of total loans.    This was a decline from $87.1
million, or 18% of total loans at September 30, 2020   and $112.7 million, or 24% of total loans at June 30,   2020.    The tables
below provide information concerning the composition of these   COVID-19 modifications as of December 31, 2020, all of
which represent second deferral requests.

COVID-19 Modifications

Modification Types

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate

Total

# of Loans
Modified

Balance

% of Portfolio
Modified

Interest Only
Payment

P&I    Payments
Deferred

2 $
12
2
16 $

741
31,399
133
32,273

— %
7

—

7 %

100 %
100
—

99 %

— %
—
100

1 %

COVID-19 Modifications within Commercial Real Estate Segments

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Hotel/motel
Restaurants

# of Loans
Modified

Balance of
Loans Modified

% of Total
Segment Loans

10 $
1

26,427
1,442

49 %
10

Section 4013 of the CARES Act provides that a qualified loan modification   is exempt by law from classification as a TDR
pursuant to GAAP.    In addition, the Interagency Statement on COVID-19 Loan Modifications   provides circumstances in
which a loan modification is not subject to classification as a TDR   if such loan is not eligible for modification under
Section 4013.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level   that management believes appropriate to adequately cover
the Company’s estimate of probable    losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses was $5.   6   million at
December 31, 2020 compared to $4.4 million at December 31,   2019, which management believed to be adequate at each of
the respective dates. The judgments and estimates associated    with the determination of the allowance for loan losses are
described under “Critical Accounting Policies.”

55

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses and certain   asset quality ratios for each of the five years in the
five year period ended December 31, 2020 is presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance at beginning of period
Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  
Consumer installment

Total charge   -offs

Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  

Consumer installment
Total recoveries
Net recoveries (charge-offs)

Provision for loan losses

Ending balance

as a % of loans
as a % of nonperforming loans
Net (recoveries) charge-offs as a % of

 average loans

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Year ended December 31

$

4,386

4,790

4,757

4,643

4,289

(7)

—
—
(38)
(45)

94

—
—

63
20
177
132
1,100

(364)
—

(6)
(38)
(408)

117
—

1
109
27
254
(154)
(250)

$

5,618
1.22 %
1,052 %

4,386
0.95
2,345

(52)
(38)
(26)
(52)
(168)

70

—

19
79
33
201
33

—

4,790
1.00
2,691

(449)
—
(107)
(40)
(596)

461
347
—
115
87
1,010
414
(300)

4,757
1.05
160

(97)
(194)
(182)
(67)
(540)

29
1,212
—
127
11
1,379
839
(485)

4,643
1.08
196

(0.03) %

0.03

(0.01)

(0.09)

(0.19)

As described under “Critical Accounting Policies”, management assesses   the adequacy of the allowance prior to the end of
each calendar quarter. The   level of the allowance is based upon management’s    evaluation of the loan portfolios, past loan
loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,   adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s   ability to repay
(including the timing of future payment), the estimated value   of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan
portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss   rates, and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is
inherently subjective as it requires various material estimates   and judgments including the amounts and timing of future
cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may   be susceptible to significant change. The ratio of our
allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding was 1.22   %   at December 31,   2020, compared to 0.95% at December 31,
2019.    At December 31, 2020, the Company’s   allowance for loan losses was 1.27% of total loans, excluding PPP    loans.    In
the future, the allowance to total loans outstanding ratio will increase   or decrease to the extent the factors that influence our
quarterly allowance assessment,   including the duration and magnitude of COVID-19   effects, in their entirety either improve
or weaken.    In addition our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process,    will periodically review the
Company’s allowance for loan   losses, and may require the Company to make additional provisions   to the allowance for
loan losses based on their judgment about information available   to them at the time of their examinations.

Nonperforming Assets  

At December 31, 2020 the Company had $0.5 million in nonperforming   assets compared   to $0.2 million at December 31,
2019.  

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The table below provides information concerning total nonperforming   assets and certain asset quality ratios.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Nonperforming assets:
Nonperforming (nonaccrual) loans
Other real estate owned
Total   nonperforming assets

as a % of loans and other real estate owned
as a % of total assets

Nonperforming loans as a % of total loans
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

December 31

$

$

$

534
—
534
0.12 %
0.06 %
0.12 %
141

187
—
187
0.04
0.02
0.04
—

178
172
350
0.07
0.04
0.04
—

2,972
—
2,972
0.66
0.35
0.66
—

2,370
152
2,522
0.59
0.30
0.55
—

The table below provides information concerning the composition   of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2020   and 2019,
respectively.

(In
thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate

Total nonaccrual loans / nonperforming    loans

2020

212
322
534

December 31

2019

—
187
187

$

$

The Company discontinues the accrual of interest income when (1)   there is a significant deterioration in the financial
condition of the borrower and full repayment of principal and   interest is not expected or (2) the principal or interest is more
than 90 days past due, unless the loan is both well-secured   and in the process of collection. At December 31, 2020   and
2019, respectively, the Company   had $0.5 million and $0.2 million in loans on nonaccrual.

At December 31, 2020 there were $0.1 million in loans 90 days   past due and still accruing interest, compared to none at
December 31, 2019.  

Other Real Estate Owned

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,    the Company held no OREO properties acquired from borrowers.

Potential Problem Loans  

Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well-defined    weakness and where information about possible credit
problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts   about the borrower’s ability to comply with present
repayment terms.    This definition is believed to be substantially consistent with the   standards established by the Federal
Reserve, the Company’s primary regulator,    for loans classified as substandard, excluding nonaccrual loans.  
problem loans, which are not included in nonperforming assets,   amounted to $2.9 million, or 1.0% of total loans at
December 31, 2020, compared to $4.4 million, or 1.0% of   total loans at December 31, 2019.  

 Potential

57

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The table below provides information concerning the composition   of potential problem loans at December 31, 2020   and
2019, respectively.

(In
thousands)
Potential problem loans:
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total potential problem loans

2020

218
254
188
2,229
23
2,912

$

$

December 31

2019

266
1,043
99
2,899
64
4,371

At December 31, 2020, approximately $0.9 million or 30.3%   of total potential problem loans were past due at least 30 but
less than 90 days.  

The following table is a summary of the Company’s    performing loans that were past due at least 30 days but   less than
90 days as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(In
thousands)
Performing loans past due 30 to 89 days:
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total performing loans past due   30 to 89 days

Deposits

(In
thousands)
Noninterest bearing demand
NOW
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit under $100,000
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000   or more

Total deposits

2020

230
61
29
1,509
29
1,858

2020
245,398
155,870
199,937
78,187
54,920
105,481
839,793

$

$

$

$

December 31

2019

24
456
—  
1,608
64
2,152

December 31

2019
196,218
138,315
160,934
61,486
59,516
107,683
724,152

Total deposits increased   $115.6 million, or 16%, to $839.8   million at December 31, 2020,   compared to $724.2 million at
December 31, 2019. Noninterest-bearing deposits were $245.4   million, or 29% of total deposits, at December 31, 2020,
compared to $196.2 million, or 27% of total deposits at December   31, 2019. These increases reflect deposits from
customers who received PPP loans, the impact of government stimulus   checks, delayed tax payments and reduced customer
spending during the COVID-19 pandemic.

The average rates paid on total interest-bearing deposits were   0.68% in 2020 and 0.80% in 2019.  

58

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Other Borrowings  

Other borrowings generally consist of short-term borrowings   and long-term debt.    Short-term borrowings generally consist
of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements   to repurchase with an original maturity of one year   or less.  
The Bank had available federal fund lines totaling $41.0 million   with none outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. Securities sold   under agreements to repurchase totaled $2.4 million and $1.1   million at December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively.

The average rates paid on short-term borrowings was 0.48%   and 0.49% in 2020 and 2019, respectively.    Information
concerning the average balances, weighted average rates, and   maximum amounts outstanding for short-term borrowings
during the two-year period ended December 31, 2020 is included   in Note 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial
statements included in this annual report.

The Company had no long-term debt outstanding at December   31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY  

The Company's consolidated stockholders' equity was $107.7   million and $98.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and   2019,
respectively.    The increase from December 31, 2019 was primarily driven   by net earnings of $7.5 million and other
comprehensive income due to the change in unrealized gains   on securities available-for-sale, net of tax, of $5.5   million,
which was partially offset by cash dividends paid of $3.6    million.

On January 1, 2015, the Company and Bank became subject   to the rules of the Basel III regulatory capital framework and
related Dodd-Frank Wall   Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act changes. The   rules included the implementation of a
capital conservation buffer that is added to   the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes. The capital
conservation buffer was subject   to a three year phase-in period that began on January 1, 2016   and was fully phased-in on
January 1, 2019 at 2.5%. A banking organization with a   conservation buffer of less than the required   amount will be subject
to limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments   and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive
officers. At December 31, 2020,   the Bank’s ratio was sufficient   to meet the fully phased-in conservation buffer.

Effective March 20, 2020, the Federal Reserve and   the other federal banking regulators adopted an interim final rule that
amended the capital conservation buffer.    The interim final rule was adopted as a final rule on August   26, 2020. The new
rule revises the definition of “eligible retained income” for purposes   of the maximum payout ratio to allow banking
organizations to more freely use their capital buffers   to promote lending and other financial intermediation activities,   by
making the limitations on capital distributions more gradual.   The eligible retained income is now the greater of (i) net
income for the four preceding quarters, net of distributions and   associated tax effects not reflected in net income; and   (ii)
the average of all net income over the preceding four quarters.   The interim final rule only affects the capital buffers,   and
banking organizations were encouraged to make prudent   capital distribution decisions.  

The Federal Reserve has treated us as a “small bank holding company’   under the Federal Reserve’s policy.    Accordingly,
our capital adequacy is evaluated at the Bank level, and not for   the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Bank’s
tier 1 leverage ratio was 10.32%, CET1 risk-based capital ratio   was 17.27%, tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.27%, and
total risk-based capital ratio was 18.31%   at December 31, 2020.   These ratios exceed the minimum regulatory capital
percentages of 5.0% for tier 1 leverage ratio, 6.5% for CET1   risk-based capital ratio, 8.0% for tier 1 risk-based capital ratio,
and 10.0% for total risk-based capital ratio to be considered   “well capitalized.” The Bank’s   capital conservation buffer was
10.31%   at December 31, 2020. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents  

MARKET AND LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Management’s objective is to manage   assets and liabilities to provide a satisfactory,    consistent level of profitability within
the framework of established liquidity,    loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies. The   Bank’s Asset Liability
Management Committee (“ALCO”) is charged with   the responsibility of monitoring these policies, which are designed   to
ensure an acceptable asset/liability composition. Two    critical areas of focus for ALCO are interest rate risk and liquidity
risk management.

Interest Rate Risk Management

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to   market risk arising from fluctuations in interest rates because
assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times.   For example, if liabilities reprice faster than assets, and
interest rates are generally rising, earnings will initially decline.   In addition, assets and liabilities may reprice at the same
time but by different amounts. For example, when the general   level of interest rates is rising, the Company may increase
rates paid on interest bearing demand deposit accounts and savings   deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the
general increase in market interest rates. Also, short-term and   long-term market interest rates may change by different
amounts. For example, a flattening yield curve may reduce the   interest spread between new loan yields and funding costs.
Further, the remaining maturity of various assets   and liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.   For
example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply,    mortgage-backed securities in the securities portfolio may
prepay earlier than anticipated, which could reduce earnings.   Interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan
demand, loan losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of   MSRs and other items affecting earnings.

ALCO measures and evaluates the interest rate risk so that we can meet customer   demands for various types of loans and
deposits. ALCO determines the most appropriate amounts of   on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet items. Measurements
used to help manage interest rate sensitivity include an earnings simulation   and an economic value of equity model.

Earnings simulation . Management believes that interest rate risk is best estimated by our   earnings simulation modeling.
On at least a quarterly basis, the following 12 month time period   is simulated to determine a baseline net interest income
forecast and the sensitivity of this forecast to changes in interest rates.   The baseline forecast assumes an unchanged or flat
interest rate environment. Forecasted levels of earning assets,   interest-bearing liabilities, and off-balance sheet financial
instruments are combined with ALCO forecasts of market interest rates   for the next 12 months and other factors in order to
produce various earnings simulations and estimates.

To help limit interest rate   risk, we have guidelines for earnings at risk which seek to   limit the variance of net interest
income from gradual changes in interest rates.    For changes up or down in rates from management’s    flat interest rate
forecast over the next 12 months, policy limits for net interest income   variances are as follows:

+/- 20% for a gradual change of 400 basis points

+/- 15% for a gradual change of 300 basis points

+/- 10% for a gradual change of 200 basis points

+/- 5% for a gradual change of 100 basis points

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The following table reports the variance of net interest income over the next   12 months assuming a gradual change in
interest rates up or down when compared to the baseline net   interest income forecast at December 31, 2020.

Changes in Interest Rates
  400 basis points
  300 basis points
  200 basis points
  100 basis points
  (100) basis points
  (200) basis points
  (300) basis points
  (400) basis points

NM=not meaningful

Net Interest Income % Variance

(2.42) %
(2.27)
(1.67)
(0.86)
2.34
NM
NM
NM

At December 31, 2020, our earnings simulation model indicated   that we were in compliance with the policy guidelines
noted above.

Economic Value    of Equity 

Economic value of equity (“EVE”) measures the extent that estimated    economic values of our assets, liabilities and off-
balance sheet items will change as a result of interest rate changes.   Economic values are estimated by discounting expected
cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items,    which establishes a base case EVE. In contrast with our
earnings simulation model which evaluates interest rate risk over   a 12 month timeframe, EVE uses a terminal horizon
which allows for the re-pricing of all assets, liabilities, and off   -balance sheet items. Further, EVE   is measured using values
as of a point in time and does not reflect any actions that ALCO   might take in responding to or anticipating changes in
interest rates, or market and competitive conditions.

To help limit interest rate   risk, we have stated policy guidelines for an instantaneous   basis point change in interest rates,
such that our EVE should not decrease from our base case by more   than the following:

45% for an instantaneous change of +/-   400 basis points

35% for an instantaneous change of +/-   300 basis points

25% for an instantaneous change of +/-   200 basis points

15% for an instantaneous change of +/-   100 basis points

The following table reports the variance of EVE assuming an immediate   change in interest rates up or down when
compared to the baseline EVE at December 31, 2020.

Changes in Interest Rates
  400 basis points
  300 basis points
  200 basis points
  100 basis points
  (100) basis points
  (200) basis points
  (300) basis points
  (400) basis points

NM=not meaningful

EVE % Variance
(22.20) %
(15.00)
(8.25)
(2.63)
1.17
NM
NM
NM

At December 31, 2020, our EVE model indicated that we were   in compliance with the policy guidelines noted above.

61

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Each of the above analyses may not, on its own, be an accurate   indicator of how our net interest income will be affected   by
changes in interest rates. Income associated with interest-earning assets   and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities
may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates.   In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest
rates may have a significant impact on net interest income. For   example, although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different    degrees to changes in market interest rates, and other
economic and market factors, including market perceptions. Interest   rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate
in advance of changes in general market rates, while interest   rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind
changes in general market rates. In addition, certain assets, such as   adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features (generally
referred to as “interest rate caps and floors”) which limit changes   in interest rates. Prepayment and early withdrawal levels
also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the maturity   of certain instruments. The ability of many
borrowers to service their debts also may decrease during periods   of rising interest rates or economic stress, which may
differ across industries and economic sectors. ALCO reviews   each of the above interest rate sensitivity analyses along with
several different interest rate scenarios in seeking satisfactory,    consistent levels of profitability within the framework of the
Company’s established liquidity,    loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies.

The Company may also use derivative financial instruments   to improve the balance between interest-sensitive assets and
interest-sensitive liabilities and as one tool to manage interest rate   sensitivity while continuing to meet the credit and
deposit needs of our customers. From time to time, the Company   may enter into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate
customer transactions and meet their financing needs. These   swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging
instruments. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had   no derivative contracts to assist in managing interest rate
sensitivity.

Liquidity Risk Management  

Liquidity is the Company’s ability   to convert assets into cash equivalents in order   to meet daily cash flow requirements,
primarily   for deposit withdrawals, loan demand and maturing obligations.   Without proper management of its liquidity,    the
Company could experience higher costs of obtaining funds due to   insufficient liquidity, while   excessive liquidity can lead
to a decline in earnings due to the cost of foregoing alternative   higher-yielding investment opportunities.

Liquidity is managed at two levels. The first is the liquidity of   the Company. The second   is the liquidity of the Bank. The
management of liquidity at both levels is essential, because the Company   and the Bank are separate and distinct legal
entities with different funding needs and sources, and each   are subject to regulatory guidelines and requirements. The
Company depends upon dividends from the Bank for liquidity to   pay its operating expenses, debt obligations and
dividends. The Bank’s payment of   dividends depends on its earnings, liquidity,    capital and the absence of any regulatory
restrictions.

The primary source of funding and liquidity for the Company has   been dividends received from the Bank. If needed, the
Company could also issue common stock or other securities. Primary uses   of funds by the Company include dividends paid
to stockholders and stock repurchases.

Primary sources of funding for the Bank include customer deposits,   other borrowings, repayment and maturity of securities,
and sale and repayment of loans.    The Bank has access to federal funds lines from various banks   and borrowings from the
Federal Reserve discount window.    In addition to these sources, the Bank has participated   in the FHLB's advance program
to obtain funding for its growth. Advances include both fixed   and variable terms and are taken out with varying maturities.  
As of December 31,   2020, the Bank had a remaining available line of credit with the FHLB   totaling $281.4 million.    As of
December 31, 2020, the Bank also had $41.0 million of federal   funds lines, with none outstanding.    Primary uses of funds
include repayment of maturing obligations and growing the loan   portfolio.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The following table presents additional information about our   contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020, which by
their terms had contractual maturity and termination dates subsequent   to December 31, 2020:

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Contractual obligations:
Deposit maturities (1)
Operating lease obligations

Total

Total

839,792
811
840,603

$

$

Payments due by period

1 year  

or less

767,683
103
767,786

1 to 3

years

62,904
201
63,105

3 to 5

years

9,205
206
9,411

More than

5 years

—
301
301

(1) Deposits with no stated maturity (demand, NOW, money market, and savings deposits) are presented in the "1   year or less" column

Management believes that the Company and the Bank have adequate   sources of liquidity to meet all known contractual
obligations and unfunded commitments, including loan commitments and   reasonable borrower, depositor,    and creditor
requirements over the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2020, the Bank had outstanding standby letters   of credit of $1.2 million and unfunded loan commitments
outstanding of $75.0 million. Because these commitments generally   have fixed expiration dates and many will expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment level does not   necessarily represent future cash requirements. If needed   to
fund these outstanding commitments, the Bank has the ability to   liquidate federal funds sold or securities available-for-sale,
or on a short-term basis to borrow and purchase federal funds   from other financial institutions.  

Residential
mortgage
lending
and
servicing
activities

Since 2009, we have primarily sold residential mortgage loans in   the secondary market to Fannie Mae while retaining the
servicing of these loans. The sale agreements for these residential mortgage   loans with Fannie Mae and other investors
include various representations and warranties regarding the origination   and characteristics of the residential mortgage
loans. Although the representations and warranties vary among investors,   they typically cover ownership of the loan,
validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes   or liens against the property securing the loan,
compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement,   compliance with applicable federal, state, and local
laws, among other matters.  

As of December 31, 2020, the unpaid principal balance of residential   mortgage loans, which we have originated and sold,
but retained the servicing rights was $267.2 million. Although these   loans are generally sold on a non-recourse basis,
except for breaches of customary seller representations and   warranties, we may have to repurchase residential mortgage
loans in cases where we breach such representations or warranties or   the other terms of the sale, such as where we fail to
deliver required documents or the documents we deliver are defective.   Investors also may require the repurchase of a
mortgage loan when an early payment default underwriting review reveals   significant underwriting deficiencies, even if the
mortgage loan has subsequently been brought current. Repurchase demands   are typically reviewed on an individual loan by
loan basis to validate the claims made by the investor and to   determine if a contractually required repurchase event has
occurred. We   seek to reduce and manage the risks of potential repurchases or other claims   by mortgage loan investors
through our underwriting, quality assurance and servicing practices,   including good communications with our residential
mortgage investors.

The Company was not required to repurchase any loans during 2020   and 2019 as a result of representation and warranty
provisions contained in the Company’s   sale agreements with Fannie Mae, and had no pending repurchase   or make-whole
requests at December 31, 2020.

We service all residential    mortgage loans originated and sold by us to Fannie Mae. As servicer,    our primary duties are to:
(1) collect payments due from borrowers; (2) advance certain delinquent   payments of principal and interest; (3) maintain
and administer any hazard, title, or primary mortgage insurance policies   relating to the mortgage loans; (4) maintain any
required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance   and administer escrow payments; and (5) foreclose on
defaulted mortgage loans or take other actions to mitigate the   potential losses to investors consistent with the agreements
governing our rights and duties as servicer.

63

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The agreement under which we act as servicer generally specifies   a standard of responsibility for actions taken by us in
such capacity and provides protection against expenses and liabilities incurred   by us when acting in compliance with the
respective servicing agreements. However,   if we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer,    we may be subject
to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period   following notice. The standards governing servicing and
the possible remedies for violations of such standards are determined   by servicing guides issued by Fannie Mae as well as
the contract provisions established between Fannie Mae and   the Bank. Remedies could include repurchase of an affected
loan.

Although to date repurchase requests related to representation and   warranty provisions, and servicing activities have been
limited, it is possible that requests to repurchase mortgage loans may   increase in frequency if investors more aggressively
pursue all means of recovering losses on their purchased loans.   As of December 31, 2020, we believe that this exposure is
not material due to the historical level of repurchase requests   and loss trends, the results of our quality control reviews, and
the fact that 99% of our residential mortgage loans serviced for   Fannie Mae were current as of such date. We    maintain
ongoing communications with our investors and will continue   to evaluate this exposure by monitoring the level and number
of repurchase requests as well as the delinquency rates in our   investor portfolios.

Section 4021 of the CARES Act allows borrowers under 1-to   -4 family residential mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae to
request forbearance to the servicer after affirming that   such borrower is experiencing financial hardships during the
COVID-19 emergency.   Except for vacant or abandoned properties, Fannie Mae servicers   may not initiate foreclosures on
similar procedures or related evictions or sales until December   31, 2020. The forbearance period has been extended,
generally, to March 31,   2021.    The Bank sells mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and services these on an   actual/actual basis.
As a result, the Bank is not obligated to make any advances to   Fannie Mae on principal and interest on such mortgage loans
where the borrower is entitled to forbearance.

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices  

The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated   financial data presented herein have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP and practices within the banking industry   which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering   the changes in the relative purchasing power of money
over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies,   virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution
are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more   significant impact on a financial institution’s   performance
than the effects of general levels of inflation.  

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

CURRENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

The following ASU has been issued by the FASB    but is not yet effective.  

● 
Instruments;

ASU 2016-13, Financial
Instruments
–
Credit
Losses
(Topic

 
326):

 
Measurement
of
Credit
Losses
on


Financial

Information about this pronouncement is described in more detail   below.

ASU 2016-13, Financial
Instruments
-
Credit
Losses
(Topic

 
326):
-
Measurement
of
Credit

 
Losses
on
Financial
Instruments , amends guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at   amortized cost basis and available for sale debt
securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, the new standard   eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in
current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate   of all expected credit losses using a broader
range of information regarding past events, current conditions and   forecasts assessing the collectability of cash flows. The
allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted   from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to
present the net amount expected to be collected. For   available for sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a
manner similar to current GAAP,    however the new standard will require that credit losses be   presented as an allowance
rather than as a write-down. The new guidance affects entities   holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are
not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments   affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net
investments in leases, off-balance sheet credit exposures,   reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not
excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive   cash. For public business entities, the new guidance was
originally effective for annual and interim periods   in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The   Company has
developed an implementation team that is following a general   timeline. The team has been working with an advisory
consultant, with whom a third-party software license has been purchased.    The Company’s preliminary evaluation   indicates
the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 are expected to impact the Company’s    consolidated financial statements, in particular
the level of the reserve for credit losses. The Company is continuin   g   to evaluate the extent of the potential impact and
expects that portfolio composition and economic conditions at   the time of adoption will be a factor.   On October 16, 2019,
the FASB approved   a previously issued proposal granting smaller reporting companies a postponement   of the required
implementation date for ASU 2016-13. The Company will now be   required to implement the new standard in January 2023,
with early adoption permitted in any period prior to that date.

65

 
 
 


 
  
Table of Contents  

Table 1   – Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP,   this annual report on Form 10-K includes certain designated net
interest income amounts presented on a tax-equivalent basis, a   non-GAAP financial measure, including the presentation of
total revenue and the calculation of the efficiency ratio.

The Company believes the presentation of net interest income   on a tax-equivalent basis provides comparability of net
interest income from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and   facilitates comparability within the industry.    Although the
Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures enhance   investors’ understanding of its business and performance,
these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered   an alternative to GAAP.    The reconciliation of these non-
GAAP financial measures from GAAP to non-GAAP is presented below.

(In
thousands)
Net interest income (GAAP)
Tax-equivalent adjustment
Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)

Year ended December 31

2020
24,338
492
24,830

2019
26,064
557
26,621

2018
25,570
613
26,183

2017
24,526
1,205
25,731

2016
22,732
1,276
24,008

$

$

66

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 2   - Selected Financial Data

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
per
share
amounts)
Income statement
Tax-equivalent interest income (a)
Total interest expense
Tax equivalent net interest income (a)
Provision for loan losses
Total noninterest income
Total noninterest expense
Net earnings before income taxes and  

tax-equivalent adjustment

Tax-equivalent adjustment
Income tax expense
Net earnings

Per share data:
Basic and diluted net earnings  
Cash dividends declared
Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic and diluted

Shares outstanding
Book value  
Common stock price

High
Low
Period-end

To earnings ratio  
To book value
Performance ratios:
Return on average equity  
Return on average assets  
Dividend payout ratio
Average equity to average assets
Asset Quality:
Allowance for loan losses as a % of:

Loans
Nonperforming loans

Nonperforming assets as a % of:

Loans and other real estate owned
Total assets

Nonperforming loans as % of loans
Net (recoveries) charge-offs as a % of average loans
Capital Adequacy (c):
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Other financial data:
Net interest margin (a)
Effective income tax rate
Efficiency ratio (b)
Selected period end balances:
Securities
Loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan losses
Total assets
Total deposits
Long-term debt
Total stockholders’ equity

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

2020

2019

2018

Year ended December 31
2016

2017

28,686
3,856
24,830
1,100
5,375
19,554

9,551
492
1,605
7,454

2.09
1.02

30,804
4,183
26,621

(250)  
5,494
19,697

12,668
557
2,370
9,741

2.72
1.00

29,859
3,676
26,183
—  
3,325
17,874

11,634
613
2,187
8,834

2.42
0.96

29,325
3,594
25,731
(300)
3,441
16,784

12,688
1,205
3,637
7,846

2.15
0.92

28,092
4,084
24,008
(485)
3,383
15,348

12,528
1,276
3,102
8,150

2.24
0.90

3,566,207
3,566,276
30.20

3,581,476
3,566,146
27.57

3,643,780
3,643,868
24.44

3,643,616
3,643,668
23.85

3,643,504
3,643,523
22.55

63.40
24.11
42.29
20.23x

140 %

7.12 %
0.83 %
48.80 %
11.63 %

1.22 %
1,052 %

0.12 %
0.06 %
0.12 %
(0.03) %

17.27 %
17.27 %
18.31 %
10.32 %

2.92 %
17.72 %
64.74 %

53.90
30.61
53.00
19.49
192

10.35
1.18
36.76
11.39

0.95
2,345

0.04
0.02
0.04
0.03

17.28
17.28
18.12
11.23

3.43
19.57
61.33

53.50
28.88
31.66
13.08
130

10.14
1.08
39.67
10.63

1.00
2,691

0.07
0.04
0.04
(0.01)

16.49
16.49
17.38
11.33

3.40
19.84
60.57

40.25
30.75
38.90
18.09
163

9.17
0.94
42.79
10.30

1.05
160

0.66
0.35
0.66
(0.09)

16.42
16.98
17.91
10.95

3.29
31.67
57.53

31.31
24.56
31.31
13.98
139

9.65
0.98
40.18
10.14

1.08
196

0.59
0.30
0.55
(0.19)

16.44
17.00
17.95
10.27

3.05
27.57
56.03

335,177
461,700
5,618
956,597
839,792
—  
107,689

235,902
460,901
4,386
828,570
724,152
—  
98,328

239,801
476,908
4,790
818,077
724,193
—  
89,055

257,697
453,651
4,757
853,381
757,659
3,217
86,906

243,572
430,946
4,643
831,943
739,143
3,217
82,177

(a) Tax-equivalent.    See "Table 1 - Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(b) Efficiency ratio is the result of noninterest expense divided by the   sum of noninterest income and tax-equivalent net interest income.
(c) Regulatory capital ratios presented are for the Company's   wholly-owned subsidiary, AuburnBank.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 3   - Average   Balance and Net Interest Income Analysis

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and loans held for sale (1) $
Securities - taxable
Securities - tax-exempt (2)

Total securities  
Federal funds sold
Interest bearing bank deposits
Total interest-earning assets

Cash and due from banks
Other assets

Total assets

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
NOW
Savings and money market
Certificates of deposits  

Total interest-bearing deposits

Short-term borrowings

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Noninterest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and

$

$

Average
Balance

465,378 $
234,420
63,029
297,449
30,977
56,104
849,908
13,727
37,010
900,645

154,431
242,485
165,120
562,036
1,864
563,900
227,127
4,884
104,734

2020

Interest
Income/
Expense

Year ended December 31

Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance

22,055
3,932
2,343
6,275
125
231
28,686

4.74%   $
1.68%  
3.72%  
2.11%  
0.41%  
0.41%  
3.38%  

$

523
1,071
2,253
3,847
9
3,856

0.34%   $
0.44%  
1.36%  
0.68%  
0.48%  
0.68%  

474,259 $
178,410
66,628
245,038
20,223
36,869
776,389
14,037
36,119
826,545

134,430
218,630
170,835
523,895
1,443
525,338
203,828
3,228
94,151

2019

Interest
Income/
Expense

22,930
4,000
2,656
6,656
423
795
30,804

Yield/
Rate

4.83%  
2.24%  
3.99%  
2.72%  
2.09%  
2.16%  
3.97%  

710
969
2,497
4,176
7
4,183

0.53%  
0.44%  
1.46%  
0.80%  
0.49%  
0.80%  

and stockholders' equity

$

900,645

$

826,545

Net interest income and margin

$

24,830

2.92%

$

26,621

3.43%

(1) Average loan balances   are shown net of unearned income and loans on nonaccrual status    have been included

in the computation of average balances.

(2) Yields on tax-exempt securities   have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using an income tax   rate

of 21%.

68

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 4   - Volume and   Rate Variance    Analysis

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Interest income:
Loans and loans held for sale  
Securities - taxable
Securities - tax-exempt (1)

Total securities  
Federal funds sold
Interest bearing bank deposits
Total interest income

Interest expense:
Deposits:
NOW
Savings and money market
Certificates of deposits

Total interest-bearing deposits

Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt

Total interest expense

Years ended December 31, 2020 vs. 2019

Years ended December 31, 2019 vs. 2018

Net

Due to change in

Net

Due to change in

Change

Rate (2)

Volume (2)

Change

Rate (2)

Volume (2)

$

$

$

(875)
(68)
(313)
(381)
(298)
(564)
(2,118)

(187)
102
(244)
(329)
2
—
(327)

(455)
(1,010)
(180)
(1,190)
(342)
(645)
(2,632)

(255)
(3)
(166)
(424)
—
—
(424)

$

$

$

(420)
942
(133)
809
44
81
514

68
105
(78)
95
2

—

97

1,164
(51)
(265)
(316)
(131)
228
945

282
114
168
564
(11)
(46)
507

358
18
(88)
(70)
46
109
443

235
124
361
720
(5)

—
715

806
(69)
(177)
(246)
(177)
119
502

47
(10)
(193)
(156)
(6)
(46)
(208)

Net interest income

$

(1,791)

(2,208)

417

$

438

(272)

710

(1) Yields on tax-exempt securities   have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using an income  

tax rate of 21%.

(2) Changes that are not solely a result of volume or rate have   been allocated to volume.  

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 5   - Loan Portfolio Composition

(In
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment
Total loans
Less: unearned income

Loans, net of unearned income

Less: allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

2020
82,585
33,514
255,136
84,154
7,099
462,488
(788)
461,700
(5,618)
456,082

$

$

2019
56,782
32,841
270,318
92,575
8,866
461,382
(481)
460,901
(4,386)
456,515

2018
63,467
40,222
261,896
102,597
9,295
477,477
(569)
476,908
(4,790)
472,118

2017
59,086
39,607
239,033
106,863
9,588
454,177
(526)
453,651
(4,757)
448,894

December 31

2016
49,850
41,650
220,439
110,855
8,712
431,506
(560)
430,946
(4,643)
426,303

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 6   - Loan Maturities and Sensitivities to Changes in Interest   Rates

1 year  

1 to 5

After 5

Adjustable

Fixed

December 31, 2020

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total loans

$

$

or less
20,829
25,461
19,534
6,853
1,981
74,658

years
26,025
6,160
109,706
23,549
4,595
170,035

years
35,731
1,893
125,896
53,752
523
217,795

Total
82,585
33,514
255,136
84,154
7,099
462,488

Rate
15,159
19,915
4,798
30,272
62
70,206

Rate
67,426
13,599
250,338
53,882
7,037
392,282

Total
82,585
33,514
255,136
84,154
7,099
462,488

71

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 7   - Allowance for Loan Losses and Nonperforming Assets

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance at beginning of period
Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total charge   -offs
Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total recoveries
Net recoveries (charge-offs)
Provision for loan losses

Ending balance

as a % of loans
as a % of nonperforming loans

Net (recoveries) charge-offs as % of average loans

Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual/nonperforming loans
Other real estate owned
Total nonperforming assets

as a % of loans and other real estate owned
as a % total assets

Nonperforming loans as a % of total loans
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Year ended December 31

$

4,386

4,790

4,757

4,643

4,289

(7)

—  
—  
(38)
(45)

94
—  
—  
63
20
177
132
1,100

(364)
—  

(6)
(38)
(408)

117
—  
1
109
27
254
(154)
(250)

5,618

1.22 %

4,386
0.95
1,052 % 2,345
0.03
(0.03) %

534
—  
534
0.12 %
0.06 %
0.12 %
141

187
—  
187
0.04
0.02
0.04
—  

(52)
(38)
(26)
(52)
(168)

70
—  
19
79
33
201
33
—  

4,790
1.00
2,691
(0.01)

178
172
350
0.07
0.04
0.04
—  

(449)
—  
(107)
(40)
(596)

461
347
—  
115
87
1,010
414
(300)

4,757
1.05
160
(0.09)

2,972
—  
2,972
0.66
0.35
0.66
—  

(97)
(194)
(182)
(67)
(540)

29
1,212
—  
127
11
1,379
839
(485)

4,643
1.08
196
(0.19)

2,370
152
2,522
0.59
0.30
0.55
—  

$

$

$

$

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 8   - Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Construction and

land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total allowance for loan losses $

2020

2019

December 31

2018

2017

2016

Amount %*

Amount %*

Amount %*

Amount %*

Amount %*

$

807

17.9 $

577

12.3 $

778

13.3 $

653

13.0 $

540

11.6

594
3,169
944
104
5,618

7.2
55.2
18.2
1.5

$

569
2,289
813
138
4,386

7.1
58.6
20.1
1.9

$

700
2,218
946
148
4,790

8.4
54.9
21.5
1.9

$

734
2,126
1,071
173
4,757

8.7
52.7
23.5
2.1

$

812
2,071
1,107
113
4,643

9.7
51.0
25.7
2.0

* Loan balance in each category expressed as a percentage of total loans.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Table 9   - CDs and Other Time Deposits of $100,000   or More

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Maturity of:
3 months or less
Over 3 months through 6 months
Over 6 months through 12 months
Over 12 months

Total CDs and other   time deposits of $100,000 or more

December 31, 2020

$

$

6,417
7,965
42,978
48,121
105,481

74

  
 
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE   AND QUALITATIVE    DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information called for by ITEM 7A is set forth in ITEM   7 under the caption “Market and Liquidity Risk Management”
and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    AND SUPPLEMENTARY    DATA

75

 
 
 
  
Table of Contents  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting   Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

 consolidated balance    sheets of Auburn  

Opinion on the Financial Statements
 audited the accompanying  
We have  
subsidiaries (the  
 “Company”)  
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity,    and cash flows for the years then ended,    and the related notes to the
consolidated financial    statements and    schedules (collectively,    the “financial    statements”). In    our opinion,    the financial
statements present fairly,    in all material    respects, the financial    position of the    Company as of  
 December 31, 20   20 and
2019,   and the results of    its operations and its    cash flows for the   years then ended, in    conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

 2020 and    2019,    the related    consolidated statements  

 National Bancorporation,    Inc. and its

 as of    December 31,  

 of earnings   ,

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the   responsibility of the Comp   any’s management. Our    responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Company’s    consolidated financial    statements based on    our audits. We    are a public    accounting firm registered    with
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board    (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be    independent with
respect to    the Company    in accordance    with U.S.    federal securities    laws and    the applicabl   e    rules and    regulations of    the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted    our audits    in accordance    with the    standards of    the PCAOB.    Those standards    require that    we plan    and
perform the audits to    obtain reasonable assurance    about whether the    financial statements are    free of material misstatement,
whether due    to error    or fraud.    The Company    is not    required to    have, nor    were we    engaged to    perform, an    audit of    its
internal control over financial reporting.    As part of our audits we   are required to obtain an    understanding of internal control
over financial    reporting but    not for    the purpose    of expressing an    opinion on    the effectiveness    of the    Company’s internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly,    we express no such opinion.  

Our audits included performing    procedures to assess the    risks of material misstatement    of the financial statements,    whether
due to error or fraud,    and performing procedures that    respond to those risks. Such    procedures included examining, on    a test
basis, evidence regarding    the amounts and    disclosures in the    financial statements. Our    audits also included    evaluating the
accounting principles   used and significant estimates    made by management, as well    as evaluating the overall presentation    of
the financial statements. We    believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit    matter communicated below    is a matter    arising from the    current period audit    of the financial    statements
that w   as communicated    or required    to be    communicated to    the audit    committee and    that: (1)    relates to    accounts or
disclosures that    are material    to the    financial statements    and (2)    involved especially    challenging, subjective,    or complex
judgments. The communication of the    critical audit matter doe   s    not alter in any way our opinion    on the financial
statements, taken as a whole, and we are    not, by communicating the critical audit matter    below, providing separate    opinions
on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to    which they relate.  

Allowance
for
Loan
Losses

As described    in Note    5 to    the Company’s    consolidated financial    statements, the    Company has    a gross    loan portfolio    of
$462.5 million    and related    allowance for    loan losses    of $5.6    million as    of December    31, 2020.    As described    by the
Company in Note 1,    the evaluation of the    allowance for loan    losses is inherently    subjective as it requires    estimates that are
susceptible to significant    revision as more    information becomes available.    The allowance for    loan losses is    evaluated on a
regular basis and is based    upon the Company’s    review of the collectability   of the loans in    light of historical experience,    the
nature and volume    of the loan    portfolio, adverse situations    that may affect    the borrower’s    ability to repay,    estimated value
of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions.  

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

 the Company’s    estimate of    the allowance    for loan losses  

We identified  
considerations for our    determination of the allowance    for loan losses    as a critical    audit matter related    to the high degree    of
subjectivity in    the Company’s    judgments in    determining the    qualitative factors.    Auditing these    complex judgments    and
assumptions by    the Company    involves especially    challenging auditor    judgment due    to the    nature and    extent of    audit
evidence and effort required to address these matters,   including the extent of specialized skill or knowledge needed.  

 audit matter.    The principal

 as a critical  

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit   matter included:  

●  We evaluated    the relevance    and the    reasonableness of    assumptions related    to evaluation    of the    loan portfolio,
current economic conditions,    and other risk    factors used in    development of the    qualitative factors    for collectively
evaluated loans.

●  We evaluated    the reasonableness    of assumptions    and data    used by    the Company    in developing    the qualitative
factors by    comparing these    data points    to internally    developed and    third-party sources,    and other    audit evidence
gathered.  

/s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

We have served as the   Company's auditor since 2015.

Greenville, South Carolina
March 9, 2021

77

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets

$

$

$

2020

14,868
28,557
69,150
112,575
335,177
3,418
461,700
(5,618)
456,082
22,193
19,232
7,920

956,597

245,398
594,394
839,792
2,392
6,723

848,907

December 31

2019

15,172
25,944
51,327
92,443
235,902
2,202
460,901
(4,386)
456,515
14,743
19,202
6,872

827,879

196,218
527,934
724,152
1,069
4,330

729,551

—

—

39
3,789
105,617
7,599

(9,354)

107,690

956,597

$

39
3,784
101,801
2,059

(9,355)

98,328

827,879

$

$

$

$

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
share
data)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Federal funds sold
Interest bearing bank deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Securities available-for-sale  
Loans held for sale
Loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Premises and equipment, net
Bank-owned life insurance
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing  
Interest-bearing

Total deposits

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements   to repurchase
Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Total liabilities

Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock of $ 0.01  par value; authorized  200,000  shares;

issued shares - none

Common stock of $ 0.01  par value; authorized 8,500,000   shares;

issued 3,957,135  shares

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
Less treasury stock, at cost - 390,859  shares and 390,989  shares

at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and   stockholders’ equity

See
accompanying
notes
to
consolidated
financial
statements

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
share
and
per
share
data)
Interest income:

Loans, including fees
Securities:
Taxable
Tax-exempt

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

Total interest income

Interest expense:

Deposits
Short-term borrowings

Total interest expense

Net interest income
Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for   loan losses

Noninterest income:

Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage lending
Bank-owned life insurance
Gain from loan guarantee program
Other
Securities gains (losses), net
Total noninterest income

Noninterest expense:
Salaries and benefits
Net occupancy and equipment
Professional fees
FDIC and other regulatory assessments
Other

Total noninterest expense

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net earnings

Net earnings per share:
Basic and diluted

Year ended December 31

2020

2019

$

22,055

$

22,930

3,932
1,851
356
28,194

3,847
9
3,856

24,338
1,100
23,238

585
2,319
724
—
1,644
103
5,375

11,316
2,511
1,052
256
4,419
19,554

9,059
1,605

7,454

2.09

$

$

4,000
2,099
1,218
30,247

4,176
7
4,183

26,064
(250)
26,314

717
866
437
1,717
1,880
(123)
5,494

11,931
1,907
1,014
181
4,664
19,697

12,111
2,370

9,741

2.72

$

$

Weighted average shares   outstanding:

Basic and diluted

See
accompanying
notes
to
consolidated
financial
statements

3,566,207

3,581,476

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Dollars
in
thousands)

Net earnings

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gain on securities
Reclassification adjustment for net (gain) loss on securities  

recognized in net earnings
Other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

See
accompanying
notes
to
consolidated
financial
statements

Year ended December 31

2020

$

7,454

$

5,617

(77)
5,540

2019

9,741

5,730

92
5,822

$

12,994

$

15,563

80

  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Common

Shares

Common

Accumulated

other

Retained  

comprehensive Treasury

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
share
data) Outstanding
Balance, December 31, 2018
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income
Cash dividends paid ($1.00  per share)
Stock repurchases
Sale of treasury stock
Balance, December 31, 2019
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income
Cash dividends paid ($0.96  per share)
Sale of treasury stock
Balance, December 31, 2020

3,643,868 $
—
—
—
(77,907)
185
3,566,146 $
—
—
—
130
3,566,276 $

See
accompanying
notes
to
consolidated
financial
statements

Stock

39

—
—
—
—
—

39 $

—
—
—
—

stock
(6,635) $

—
—
—
(2,721)
1
(9,355) $

—
—
—

1
(9,354) $

Total

89,055
9,741
5,822
(3,575)
(2,721)
6
98,328
7,454
5,540
(3,638)
6
107,690

Additional

paid-in

capital

3,779
—
—
—
—

5

earnings
95,635
9,741
—
(3,575)
—
—

(loss) income
(3,763)
—
5,822
—
—
—

3,784 $ 101,801
7,454
—
(3,638)
—

—
—
—

5

$

2,059 $

—
5,540
—
—

39 $

3,789 $ 105,617

$

7,599 $

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In
thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided   by

operating activities:
Provision for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization
Premium amortization and discount accretion, net
Deferred tax benefit
Net (gain) loss on securities available for sale
Net gain on sale of loans held for sale
Net gain on other real estate owned
Loans originated for sale
Proceeds from sale of loans
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
Income recognized from death benefit on bank-owned life insurance
Net increase in other assets
Net increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale
Purchase of securities available-for-sale
(Increase) decrease in loans, net
Net purchases of premises and equipment
(Increase) decrease in FHLB stock
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance death benefit
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits
Net increase in interest-bearing deposits
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold  

under agreements to repurchase

Stock repurchases
Dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow   information:
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Interest
Income taxes
Gain from loan guarantee program
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:
Initial recognition of operating lease right of use assets
Initial recognition of operating lease liabilities
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
See
accompanying
notes
to
consolidated
financial
statements

82

Year ended December 31

2020

2019

$

7,454

$

9,741

1,100
1,666
2,862
(330)
(103)
(2,300)
(52)
(82,726)
83,138
(442)
(282)
(2,656)
2,399
9,728

21,029
62,021
(177,686)
(766)
(8,355)
(9)
694
151
(102,921)

49,180
66,460

1,323
—
(3,638)
113,325
20,132
92,443
112,575

4,055
678
—

—
—

99

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

(250)
1,157
1,853
(153)
123
(545)
(59)
(30,407)
28,892
(437)
—
(872)
1,807
10,850

36,462
55,078
(81,843)
15,771
(1,809)
32

—
394
24,085

(5,430)
5,389

(1,231)
(2,721)
(3,575)
(7,568)
27,367
65,076
92,443

4,092
2,295
(1,717)

891
889
82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents  

AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING    POLICIES  

Nature of Business

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding   company whose primary business is conducted
by its wholly-owned subsidiary,    AuburnBank (the “Bank”). AuburnBank is a commercial bank located   in Auburn,
Alabama. The Bank provides a full range of banking services in its   primary market area, Lee County,    which includes the
Auburn-Opelika Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of   the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Significant
intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

COVID-19 Uncertainty

COVID-19 has adversely affected, and may continue to   adversely affect economic activity globally,    nationally and locally.
Following the COVID-19 outbreak in December 2019 and January   2020, market interest rates declined significantly.    The
federal banking agencies encouraged financial institutions to   prudently work with borrowers and passed legislation to
provide relief from reporting loan classifications due to modifications   related to the COVID-19 outbreak. The spread   of
COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including   employee travel, employee work locations, and
cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and   conferences. The rapid development and fluidity of this
situation precludes any predication as to the ultimate impact   of the COVID-19 outbreak. Nevertheless, the outbreak
presents uncertainty and risk with respect to the Company,    its performance, and its financial results.

Revenue Recognition  

On January 1, 2018, the Company implemented ASU 2014   -09,

Revenue
from
Contracts
with
Customers , codified
at

ASC  606. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective   transition   method. The majority of the
Company’s revenue stream is generated   from interest income on loans and deposits which are outside   the scope of ASC
606.  

The Company’s sources of income that   fall within the scope of ASC 606 include service charges   on deposits, investment
services, interchange fees and gains and losses on sales of other   real estate, all of which are presented as components of
noninterest income. The following is a summary of the revenue streams   that fall within the scope of ASC 606:  
Service charges on deposits, investment services, ATM    and interchange fees – Fees from these services are either
transaction-based, for which the performance obligations are satisfied   when the individual transaction is processed, or set
periodic service charges, for which the performance obligations    are satisfied over the period the service is provided.
Transaction-based fees are recognized at the time   the transaction is processed, and periodic service charges   are recognized
over the service period.

Gains on sales of other real estate 

–A gain on sale should be recognized when a contract for sale exists and   control of the
asset has been transferred to the buyer.   ASC 606 lists several criteria required to conclude that a contract   for sale exists,
including a determination that the institution will collect substantially   all of the consideration to which it is entitled. In
addition to the loan-to-value, the analysis is based on various other   factors, including the credit quality of the borrower,   the
structure of the loan, and any other factors that may affect   collectability.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S.   generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect   the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date   and the reported amounts of income and expense during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those   estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to
significant change in the near term include the determination   of the allowance for loan losses, fair value measurements,
valuation of other real estate owned, and valuation of deferred   tax assets.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Change in Accounting Estimate  

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company reassessed its estimate   of the useful lives of certain fixed assets. The
Company revised its original useful life estimate for certain land improvements,   buildings and improvements   and furniture,
fixtures and equipment, with a carrying value of $ 0.5  million at December 31, 2019, to correspond with estimated
demolition dates planned as part of the redevelopment project   for our main campus.    This is considered a change in
accounting estimate, per ASC 250-10, where adjustments should   be made prospectively. The effects    of this change in
accounting estimate on the 2020 and 2019 consolidated   financial statements, respectively, was   a decrease in net earnings of
$342  thousand, or $0.10  per share and $161  thousand, or $0.04  per share.

Reclassifications  

Certain amounts reported in the prior period have been reclassified   to conform to the current-period presentation. These
reclassifications had no impact on the Company’s    previously reported net earnings or total stockholders’ equity.

Subsequent Events  

The Company has evaluated the effects of events   or transactions through the date of this filing that ha   ve occurred
subsequent to December 31, 2020. The Company does not believe   there are any material subsequent events that would
require further recognition or disclosure.

Accounting   Standards Adopted in 2020

In 2020, the Company adopted new guidance related to the following   Accounting Standards Update (“Update” or “ASU”):

●  ASU 2018-13, Fair
Value

 
Measurement
(Topic


820):
Disclosure
Framework
–
Changes


to
the
Disclosure

Requirements
for
Fair
Value

 
Measurement; and

●  ASU 2018-15, Intangibles
–
Goodwill
and
Other
–
Internal
Use
Software


(Subtopic
350-40):
Customer’s

Accounting
for
Implementation
Costs
Incurred


in
a
Cloud
Computing
Arrangement
that
is
a
Service
Contract.

Information about these pronouncements is described in more   detail below.  

for

ASU 2018-13, Fair
Value

 
Measurement
(Topic


820):
Disclosure
Framework
–
Changes


to
the
Disclosure
Requirements


Fair
Value

 
Measurement,improves the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements   by eliminating the
requirements to disclose (i) the amount of and reasons for transfers   between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy;
(ii) the policy for timing of transfers between levels; and (iii)   the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements.
This ASU also added specific disclosure requirements for fair   value measurements for public entities including the
requirement to disclose the changes in unrealized gains and   losses for the period included in other comprehensive income
for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements and the range and   weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used
to develop Level 3 fair value measurements.  

The amendments in this ASU are effective for all   entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15,   2019, and all
interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption was permitted   upon issuance of the ASU. Entities are permitted to
early adopt amendments that remove or modify disclosures and   delay the adoption of the additional disclosures until their
effective date. The Company adopted this ASU on January   1, 2020. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material
impact on the Company’s consolidated    financial statements. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents  

ASU 2018-15, Intangibles
–
Goodwill
and
Other
–
Internal
Use
Software


(Subtopic
350-40):
Customer’s

 
Accounting
for
Implementation
Costs
Incurred
in


a
Cloud
Computing
Arrangement
that
is
a
Service
Contract aligns the requirements for
capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that   is a service contract with the requirements for
capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or   obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that
include internal-use software license). This ASU requires entities to   use the guidance in FASB    ASC 350-40, Intangibles -
Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software, to determine whether   to capitalize or expense implementation costs related to
the service contract. This ASU also requires entities to (i) expense capitalized    implementation costs of a hosting
arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting   arrangement; (ii) present the expense related to the
capitalized implementation costs in the same line item on the   income statement as fees associated with the hosting element
of the arrangement; (iii) classify payments for capitalized implementation   costs in the statement of cash flows in the same
manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting   element; and (iv) present the capitalized implementation
costs in the same balance sheet line item that a prepayment for   the fees associated with the hosting arrangement would be
presented. 

The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years   beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods    within
those fiscal years. Early adoption was permitted. The Company adopted    this ASU on January 1, 2020. Adoption of this
guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s    consolidated financial statements.  

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process   of collection, amounts due from banks, including interest
bearing deposits with other banks, and federal funds sold.

Securities

Securities are classified based on management’s    intention at the date of purchase. At December 31, 2020,   all of the
Company’s securities were classified   as available-for-sale. Securities available-for   -sale are used as part of the Company’s
interest rate risk management strategy,   and they may be sold in response to changes in interest rates,   changes in prepayment
risks or other factors. All securities classified as available-for-sale   are recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains and
losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income   (loss), net of the deferred income tax effects. Interest and
dividends on securities, including the amortization of premiums and   accretion of discounts are recognized in interest
income using the effective interest method.    Premiums are amortized to the earliest call date while discounts are   accreted
over the estimated life of the security.    Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities are   determined using the
specific identification method.  

On a quarterly basis, management makes an assessment to determine   whether there have been events or economic
circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an   unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired.  

For debt securities with an unrealized loss, an other-than   -temporary impairment write-down is triggered when (1)   the
Company has the intent to sell a debt security,    (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required   to sell the
debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or   (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized
cost basis of the debt security.    If the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or if it is more   likely than not that it will
be required to sell the debt security before recovery,    the other-than-temporary write-down is equal to the entire   difference
between the debt security’s amortized   cost and its fair value.    If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not
more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security   before recovery, the other   -than-temporary impairment write-
down is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component)    and the amount due to all other factors.    The
credit loss component is recognized in earnings, as a realized   loss in securities gains (losses), and is the difference between
the security’s amortized cost basis and   the present value of its expected future cash flows.    The remaining difference
between the security’s fair value and   the present value of future expected cash flows is due to   factors that are not credit
related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net   of applicable taxes.

Loans held for sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are   carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the
aggregate.    Loan sales are recognized when the transaction closes, the proceeds   are collected, and ownership is transferred.  
Continuing involvement, through the sales agreement, consists of the   right to service the loan for a fee for the life of the
loan, if applicable.    Gains on the sale of loans held for sale are recorded net of related   costs, such as commissions, and
reflected as a component of mortgage lending income in the consolidated    statements of earnings.  

85

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

In the course of conducting the Bank’s   mortgage lending activities of originating mortgage loans and selling those   loans in
the secondary market, the Bank makes various representations and   warranties to the purchaser of the mortgage loans.  
Every loan closed by the Bank’s   mortgage center is run through a government agency automated   underwriting system.  
Any exceptions noted during this process are remedied prior to   sale.    These representations and warranties also apply to
underwriting the real estate appraisal opinion of value for the   collateral securing these loans.    Failure by the Company to
comply with the underwriting and/or appraisal standards could   result in the Company being required to repurchase the
mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for losses incurred   (make whole requests) if such failure cannot be cured by the
Company within the specified period following discovery.

Loans

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net   of any unearned income, charge-offs, and any   deferred fees
or costs on originated loans.    Interest income is accrued based on the principal balance outstanding.   Loan origination fees,
net of certain loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized   in interest income over the contractual life of the loan
using the effective interest method. Loan commitment fees   are generally deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis
over the commitment period, which results in a recorded   amount that approximates fair value.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is   a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the
borrower and full repayment of principal and interest is not expected   or the principal or interest is more than 90 days past
due, unless the loan is both well-collateralized and in the process   of collection. Generally,   all interest accrued but not
collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status is reversed    against current interest income. Interest collections on
nonaccrual loans are generally applied as principal reductions.   The Company determines past due or delinquency status of   a
loan based on contractual payment terms.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the Company   will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments
due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.   Individually identified impaired loans are measured based on
the present value of expected payments using the loan’s    original effective rate as the discount rate, the   loan’s observable
market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral   dependent. If the recorded investment in the impaired
loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be   established as part of the allowance for loan losses.
Changes to the valuation allowance are recorded as   a component of the provision for loan losses.

Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TD   Rs”). In the normal course of business, management may
grant concessions to borrowers who are experiencing financial   difficulty. The   concessions granted most frequently for
TDRs involve reductions or delays in required payments of principal    and interest for a specified time, the rescheduling of
payments in accordance with a bankruptcy plan or the charge   -off of a portion of the loan. In most cases, the conditions   of
the credit also warrant nonaccrual status, even after the restructuring   occurs. As part of the credit approval process, the
restructured loans are evaluated for adequate collateral   protection in determining the appropriate accrual status at the time
of restructuring. TDR loans may be returned to accrual status   if there has been at least a six-month sustained period   of
repayment performance by the borrower.

The Company began offering short-term loan modifications   to assist borrowers during the COVID-19 pandemic.    If the
modification meets certain conditions, the modification does not   need to be accounted for as a TDR.    For more information,
please refer to Note 5, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that manage   ment believes is adequate to absorb probable losses
inherent in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged   against the allowance when they are known. Subsequent recoveries
are credited to the allowance. Management’s    determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on   an evaluation of
the portfolio, current economic conditions, growth, composition   of the loan portfolio, homogeneous pools of loans, risk
ratings of specific loans, historical loan loss factors, identified   impaired loans and other factors   related to the portfolio. This
evaluation is performed quarterly and is inherently subjective,   as it requires various material estimates that are susceptible
to significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash   flows expected to be received on any impaired loans.
In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination   process, will periodically review the Company’s
allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to record    additions to the allowance based on their judgment about
information available to them at the time of their examinations.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Land improvements, buildings and improvements,    and furniture, fixtures, and equipment are carried
at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed on a straight   -line method over the useful lives of the assets or the expected
terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected   terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise   of such options is
reasonably assured.  

Nonmarketable equity investments

Nonmarketable equity investments include equity securities that are   not publicly traded and securities acquired for various
purposes. The Bank is required to maintain certain minimum levels   of equity investments with certain regulatory and other
entities in which the Bank has an ongoing business relationship   based on the Bank’s common stock   and surplus (with
regard to the relationship with the Federal Reserve Bank) or outstanding   borrowings (with regard to the relationship with
the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta). These nonmarketable   equity securities are accounted for at cost which equals par
or redemption value. These securities do not have a readily determinable    fair value as their ownership is restricted and there
is no market for these securities. These securities can only be   redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective
issuing government supported institution or to another member   institution. The Company records these nonmarketable
equity securities as a component of other assets, which are periodically   evaluated for impairment. Management considers
these nonmarketable equity securities to be long-term investments.   Accordingly, when evaluating these   securities for
impairment, management considers the ultimate recoverability   of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary
declines in value.

Transfers of Financial   Assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset (i.e. loan   sales), a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest   in an entire
financial asset (i.e. loan participations sold) are accounted for   as sales when control over the assets have been surrendered.
Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered   when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company,
(2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain   it from taking that right) to pledge or exchange the
transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective    control over the transferred assets through an
agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans   for others, known as MSRs. The Company
determines the fair value of MSRs at the date the loan is transferred.    An estimate of the Company’s   MSRs is determined
using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating   future net servicing income, including estimates of
prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service,   escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income,
ancillary income, and late fees.  

Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company   has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method.    Under
the amortization method, MSRs are amortized in proportion   to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income.    The
amortization of MSRs is analyzed monthly and is adjusted to reflect   changes in prepayment speeds, as well as other factors.  
MSRs are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those   assets.    Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs
into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such   as interest rate and loan type.    If, by individual stratum, the
carrying amount of the MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation   allowance is established through a charge to earnings.    The
valuation allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes.    MSRs are included in the other assets category in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature   less than one year from the transaction date. Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected as a secured   borrowing in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
at the amount of cash received in connection with each transaction.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Income Taxes  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts   for the temporary differences between carrying
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted   tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.    The net deferred tax asset is reflected as a component of other
assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income tax expense or benefit for the year is allocated among continuing   operations and other comprehensive income
(loss), as applicable. The amount allocated to continuing operations   is the income tax effect of the pretax income or loss
from continuing operations that occurred during the year,    plus or minus income tax effects of (1) changes   in certain
circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization   of deferred tax assets in future years, (2) changes in
income tax laws or rates, and (3) changes in income tax status,   subject to certain exceptions.    The amount allocated to other
comprehensive income (loss) is related solely to changes in the valuation   allowance on items that are normally accounted
for in other comprehensive income (loss) such as unrealized   gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

In accordance with ASC 740, Income
Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not”   that
the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination   being presumed to occur.   The amount
recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that   is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.   For tax
positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit   is recorded. It is the Company’s   policy to recognize
interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income   tax expense. The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
file a consolidated income tax return.  

Fair Value   Measurements  

ASC 820, Fair
Value

 
Measurements,which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value   in U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about   fair value measurements. ASC 820 applies only to
fair-value measurements that are already required   or permitted by other accounting standards.  
focuses on the exit price, i.e., the price   that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in   an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date,   not the entry price, i.e., the price that would be paid to
acquire the asset or received to assume the liability at the measurement   date. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a
market-based measurement; not an entity-specific measurement.   Therefore, the fair value measurement should be
determined based on the assumptions that market participants   would   use in pricing the asset or liability.    For more
information related to fair value measurements, please refer   to Note 15, Fair Value.

 The definition of fair value

NOTE 2: BASIC AND DILUTED NET EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings   by the weighted average common shares outstanding for
the year.    Diluted net earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could   occur upon exercise of securities or other
rights for, or convertible into, shares of   the Company’s common stock.    As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,
the Company had no such securities or other rights issued or   outstanding, and therefore, no dilutive effect to consider   for
the diluted net earnings per share calculation.  

The basic and diluted net earnings per share computations for   the respective years are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands,
except
share
and
per
share
data)
Basic and diluted:
Net earnings
Weighted average common   shares outstanding

Net earnings per share

NOTE 3: RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES

Year ended December 31

2020

2019

$

$

7,454
3,566,207
2.09

$

$

9,741
3,581,476
2.72

Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks   maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank
(“FRB”) based principally on the type and amount of their deposits.    Effective March 26, 2020, the FRB no longer requires
banks to maintain reserve balances on deposit with the FRB.   The Bank did not have a required reserve balance at the FRB
at December 31, 2019.  

88

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 4: SECURITIES  

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,    all securities within the scope of ASC 320, Investments
–
Debt
and
Equity
Securities were classified as available-for-sale.    The fair value and amortized cost for securities available-for-sale   by
contractual maturity at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,   are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020
Agency obligations (a)
Agency MBS (a)
State and political subdivisions

Total available-for-sale

December 31, 2019
Agency obligations (a)
Agency MBS (a)
State and political subdivisions
Total available-for-sale

$

$

$

$

1 year

or less

1 to 5

years

5 to 10

After 10

years

years

Fair

Value

Gross Unrealized   Amortized

Gains

Losses

Cost

5,048
—
477

5,525

4,993
—
—
4,993

24,834
1,154
632

26,620

27,245
560
1,355
29,160

55,367
20,502
8,405

12,199
141,814
64,745

97,448
163,470
74,259

3,156
3,245
3,988

84,274

218,758

335,177

10,389

98 $

94,390
133
160,358
11
70,282
242 $ 325,030

18,470
4,510
6,166
29,146

—
118,207
54,396
172,603

50,708
123,277
61,917
235,902

215
798
2,104
3,117

98 $

50,591
261 $ 122,740
59,822
368 $ 233,153

9 $

(a) Includes securities issued by U.S. government agencies or   government sponsored entities.    Expected maturities of

these securities may differ from contractual maturities because   issues may have the right to call or repay obligations
with or without prepayment penalties.

Securities with aggregate fair values of $ 166.9   million and $147.8  million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,
were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under   agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank
(“FHLB”) advances, and for other purposes required or permitted   by law.  

Included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets   are nonmarketable equity investments.    The
carrying amounts of nonmarketable equity investments were   $1.4  million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  
Nonmarketable equity investments include FHLB of Atlanta   stock, Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock, and stock in a
privately held financial institution.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The fair values and gross unrealized losses on securities at December    31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,   segregated by those
securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for   less than 12 months and 12 months or more are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Agency obligations  
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions

Total  

December 31, 2019:
Agency obligations  
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions

Total  

$

$

$

$

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair

Value

Unrealized

Losses

Fair

Value

Unrealized

Losses

Fair

Value

Unrealized

Losses

15,416
41,488
2,945

59,849

24,734
40,126
2,741
67,601

98
133
11

242

97
98
9
204

—
—
—

—

4,993
21,477
—
26,470

—
—
—

—

1
163
—
164

15,416
41,488
2,945

59,849

29,727
61,603
2,741
94,071

$

$

$

$

98
133
11

242

98
261
9
368

For the securities in the previous table, the Company does not   have the intent to sell and has determined it is not more likely
than not that the Company will be required to sell the security   before recovery of the amortized cost basis, which may be
maturity. On a quarterly basis,   the Company assesses each security for credit impairment. For   debt securities, the Company
evaluates, where necessary,   whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value   of the expected cash flows to
the securities’ amortized cost basis.

In determining whether a loss is temporary,    the Company considers all relevant information including:  

● 
● 

● 
● 

● 
● 
● 

the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been   less than the amortized cost basis;  
adverse conditions specifically related to the security,    an industry, or a geographic   area (for example, changes in
the financial condition of the issuer of the security,    or in the case of an asset-backed debt security,   in the financial
condition of the underlying loan obligors, including changes in technology   or the discontinuance of a segment of
the business that may affect the future earnings potential of   the issuer or underlying loan obligors of the security or
changes in the quality of the credit enhancement);
the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;  
the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer   being able to make payments that
increase in the future;  
failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest   or principal payments;  
any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and
recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the   balance sheet date.

Agency
obligations



The unrealized losses associated with agency obligations were   primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to
the credit quality of the securities. These securities were issued   by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored
entities and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government    guarantee or other government support.

Agency
mortgage-backed
securities
(“MBS”)



The unrealized losses associated with agency MBS were primarily   driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the
credit quality of the securities. These securities were issued by U.S.   government agencies or government-sponsored entities
and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government guarantee   or other government support.  

90

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Securities
of
U.S.
states
and
political
subdivisions



The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and   political subdivisions were primarily driven by changes
in interest rates and were not due to the credit quality of the securities.   Some of these securities are guaranteed by a bond
insurer, but management did not rely on the   guarantee in making its investment decision. These securities   will continue to
be monitored as part of the Company’s   quarterly impairment   analysis, but are expected to perform even if the rating
agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, the   Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost
basis of these securities.  

The carrying values of the Company’s   investment securities could decline in the future if the financial   condition of an
issuer deteriorates and the Company determines it is probable   that it will not recover the entire amortized cost basis for the
security. As a result, there is   a risk that other-than-temporary impairment charges    may occur in the future.

Other-Than-Temporarily    Impaired Securities

Credit-impaired debt securities are debt securities where the Company    has written down the amortized cost basis of a
security for other-than-temporary impairment and the credit   component of the loss is recognized in earnings. At
December 31,   2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company   had no credit-impaired debt securities and there were no additions
or reductions in the credit loss component of credit-impaired   debt securities during the years ended December 31, 2020   and
2019, respectively.  

Realized Gains and Losses

  The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on sales   related to securities.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses

Realized gains (losses), net

NOTE 5: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE    FOR LOAN LOSSES

(In
thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Hotel/motel
Multifamily
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Consumer mortgage
Investment property

Total residential real estate

Consumer installment

Total loans

Less: unearned income

Loans, net of unearned income

Year ended December 31

$

$

2020
184
(81)
103

2019
120
(243)
(123)

2020
82,585
33,514

$

December 31

2019
56,782
32,841

54,033
42,900
40,203
118,000
255,136

35,027
49,127
84,154
7,099
462,488
(788)
461,700

$

48,860
43,719
44,839
132,900
270,318

48,923
43,652
92,575
8,866
461,382
(481)
460,901

$

$

Loans secured by real estate were approximately 80.6% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2020.    At December 31,
2020, the Company’s geographic   loan distribution was concentrated primarily in Lee County,    Alabama and surrounding
areas.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

In accordance with ASC 310, Receivables, a portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops   and
documents a systematic method for determining its allowance   for loan losses. As part of the Company’s   quarterly
assessment of the allowance, the loan portfolio is disaggregated   into the following portfolio segments:    commercial and
industrial, construction and land development, commercial real   estate, residential real estate and consumer installment.
Where appropriate, the Company’s   loan portfolio segments are further disaggregated into classes. A class   is generally
determined based on the initial measurement attribute, risk characteristics   of the loan, and an entity’s method   for
monitoring and determining credit risk.

The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each   of the portfolio segments and classes.

Commercial
and
industrial
(“C&I”)
— includes loans to finance business operations, equipment purchases,    or other needs
for small and medium-sized commercial customers. Also   included in this category are loans to finance agricultural
production.    Generally, the primary source   of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities   of the
borrower.    We are   a participating lender in the PPP.    PPP loans are forgivable in whole or in part, if the proceeds   are used
for payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with   the requirements of the PPP.    As of December 31, 2020, the
Company has 265  PPP loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $ 19.0  million included in this category.  

Construction
and
land
development
(“C&D”)
— includes both loans and credit lines for the purpose of purchasing,
carrying and developing land into commercial developments or   residential subdivisions. Also included are loans and lines
for construction of residential, multi-family and commercial buildings.   Generally the primary source of repayment is
dependent upon the sale or refinance of the real estate collateral.

Commercial
real
estate


(“CRE”)
—includes loans disaggregated into three classes: (1) owner occupied   (2) multi-family
and (3) other.  


Owner
occupied  – includes loans secured by business facilities to finance business operations,   equipment and
 owner-occupied facilities primarily for small and medium-sized   commercial customers.    Generally the primary source
 of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities of the borrower,    who owns the property. 



Hotel/motel – includes loans for hotels and motels.    Generally, the primary   source of repayment is dependent upon
 income generated from the real estate collateral.    The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the  
 occupancy and rental rates, as well as the financial health of the borrower.


Multifamily  – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing multi-family   properties. Loans in this class include
 loans for 5 or more unit residential property and apartments leased   to residents. Generally, the primary   source of
 repayment is dependent upon income generated from the real   estate collateral. The underwriting of these loans takes
 into consideration the occupancy and rental rates, as well as the financial   health of the borrower.


Other  – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing commercial properties.   Loans in this class include loans
 for neighborhood retail centers, hotels, medical and professional offices,   single retail stores, industrial buildings,    and
 warehouses leased generally to local businesses and residents. Generally the   primary source of repayment is dependent
 upon income generated from the real estate collateral. The underwriting   of these loans takes into consideration the
 occupancy and rental rates as well as the financial health of the borrower.  

Residential
real
estate
(“RRE”)
— includes loans disaggregated into two classes: (1) consumer mortgage   and (2)
investment property.


Consumer
mortgage  – primarily includes first or second lien mortgages and home equity   lines to consumers that are
 secured by a primary residence or second home. These loans are underwritten in   accordance with the Bank’s general
 loan policies and procedures which require, among other things, proper   documentation of each borrower’s financial
 condition, satisfactory credit history and property value.


Investment
property  – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing 1-4 family   residential properties.
 Generally, the primary source   of repayment is dependent upon income generated from leasing the   property securing the
 loan. The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the rental   rates as well as the financial health of the
 borrower.

92

 
 
 
 
 






 
 




 
 




 
 
 




 
 
 
 






 
 
 




 
 
 


Table of Contents  

Consumer
installment
— includes loans to individuals both secured by personal property   and unsecured.    Loans include
personal lines of credit, automobile loans, and other retail loans.    These loans are underwritten in accordance with the
Bank’s general loan policies and   procedures which require, among other things, proper   documentation of each borrower’s
financial condition, satisfactory credit history,    and if applicable, property value.

The following is a summary of current, accruing past due and   nonaccrual loans by portfolio class as of December 31,   2020
and 2019.

(In
thousands)
December 31, 2020:

Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Hotel/motel
Multifamily
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Consumer mortgage
Investment property

Total residential real estate

Consumer installment

Total

December 31, 2019:
Commercial and industrial

Construction and land development
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Hotel/motel
Multifamily
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Consumer mortgage
Investment property

Total residential real estate

Consumer installment

Total

Accruing

Accruing

Total

Current

30-89 Days Greater than Accruing
90 days
Past Due

Loans

Non-
Accrual

Total  
Loans

$

82,355
33,453

54,033
42,900
40,203
117,759
254,895

33,169
49,014
82,183
7,069
459,955

56,758

32,385

48,860
43,719
44,839
132,900
270,318

47,151
43,629
90,780
8,802
459,043

$

$

$

230
61

—
—
—

29
29

1,503
6
1,509
29
1,858

24

456

—
—
—
—
—

1,585
23
1,608
64
2,152

—
—

—
—
—
—
—

140
—
140
1
141

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

82,585
33,514

54,033
42,900
40,203
117,788
254,924

34,812
49,020
83,832
7,099
461,954

56,782

32,841

48,860
43,719
44,839
132,900
270,318

48,736
43,652
92,388
8,866
461,195

—
—

—
—
—
212
212

215
107
322
—
534

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

187
—
187
—
187

$

82,585
33,514

54,033
42,900
40,203
118,000
255,136

35,027
49,127
84,154
7,099
462,488

56,782

32,841

48,860
43,719
44,839
132,900
270,318

48,923
43,652
92,575
8,866
461,382

$

$

$

The gross interest income which would have been recorded   under the original terms of those nonaccrual loans had they
been accruing interest, amounted to approximately $ 20  thousand and $9  thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses as of and for the years ended December   31, 2020 and 2019, is presented below.

(In
thousands)
Beginning balance
Charged-off loans
Recovery of previously charged-off loans

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

Provision for loan losses
Ending balance

Year ended December 31

2020

2019

$

$

4,386
(45)
177
132
1,100
5,618

$

$

4,790
(408)
254
(154)
(250)
4,386

The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for loan   losses prior to the end of each calendar quarter.    The level of
the allowance is based upon management’s   evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience,   current asset quality
trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations   that may affect a borrower’s ability to   repay (including
the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying   collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic
conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss rates and other pertinent   factors, including regulatory recommendations. This
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including   the amounts and timing of future cash flows
expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible   to significant change. Loans are charged off, in whole   or
in part, when management believes that the full collectability of the   loan is unlikely. A loan   may be partially charged-off
after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate   that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is
unlikely.

The Company deems loans impaired when, based on current information   and events, it is probable that the Company will
be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual   terms of the loan agreement. Collection of all amounts due
according to the contractual terms means that both the interest   and principal payments of a loan will be collected as
scheduled in the loan agreement.  

An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the   loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. The
impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are   impaired are recorded at the present value of expected
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s   effective interest rate, or if the loan is collateral dependent,    impairment
measurement is   based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal   costs.  

The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to   be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the
portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased   by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-
offs, net of recoveries of amounts previously charged   -off.  

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company also   considers the results of its ongoing internal, independent
loan review process. The Company’s   loan review process assists in determining whether there are   loans in the portfolio
whose credit quality has weakened over time and evaluating the risk characteristics    of the entire loan portfolio. The
Company’s loan review process includes   the judgment of management, the input from our independent   loan reviewers, and
reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies   as part of their examination process. The Company
incorporates loan review results in the determination of whether   or not it is probable that it will be able to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.  

As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment    of the allowance, management divides the loan portfolio   into five segments:
commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial   real estate, residential real estate, and consumer
installment loans. The Company analyzes each segment and   estimates an allowance allocation for each loan segment.  

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses begins with a   process of estimating the probable losses inherent for these
types of loans. The estimates for these loans are established by category   and based on the Company’s internal   system of
credit risk ratings and historical loss data. The estimated loan loss allocation   rate for the Company’s internal system   of
credit risk grades is based on its experience with similarly graded    loans. For loan segments where the Company believes   it
does not have sufficient historical loss data, the Company   may make adjustments based, in part, on loss rates of peer   bank
groups. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for the years then ended,    the Company adjusted its historical loss rates for the
commercial real estate portfolio segment based, in part, on loss rates of peer   bank groups.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The estimated loan loss allocation for all five loan portfolio segments   is then adjusted for management’s   estimate of
probable losses for several “qualitative and environmental” factors.   The allocation for qualitative and environmental factors
is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical   calculation. This amount represents estimated
probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet been   identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are based
upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual   loans, credit concentration changes, prevailing economic
conditions, changes in lending personnel experience, changes   in lending policies or procedures and other influencing
factors. These qualitative and environmental factors are considered    for each of the five loan segments and the allowance
allocation, as determined by the processes noted above, is increased   or decreased based on the incremental assessment of
these factors.

The Company regularly re-evaluates its practices in determining the   allowance for loan losses. Since the fourth quarter of
2016, the Company has increased its look-back period each quarter   to incorporate the effects of at least one economic
downturn in its loss history. The   Company believes the extension of its look-back period   is appropriate due to the risks
inherent in the loan portfolio. Absent this extension, the early   cycle periods in which the Company experienced significant
losses would be excluded from the determination of the allowance for   loan losses and its balance would decrease. For the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company increased its look   -back period to 47 quarters to continue to include losses
incurred by the Company beginning with the first quarter of 2009.   The Company will likely continue to increase its look-
back period to incorporate the effects of at least one   economic downturn in its loss history.   During 2020, the Company
adjusted certain qualitative and economic factors related to changes in   economic conditions driven by the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic and resulting adverse economic conditions,   including higher unemployment in our primary market
area.    Further adjustments may be made in the future as a result of the ongoing COVID   -19 pandemic.

The following table details the changes in the allowance for loan   losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December
31, 2020 and 2019.  

(in
thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2018
Charge-offs
Recoveries

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

Provision
Balance, December 31, 2019
Charge-offs
Recoveries

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

Provision
Balance, December 31, 2020

Commercial
and industrial
778
(364)
117
(247)
46
577
(7)
94
87
143
807

$

$

$

Construction
and land
Development
700
—
—
—
(131)
569
—
—
—

25
594

Commercial
Real Estate
2,218
—

1
1
70
2,289
—
—
—
880
3,169

Residential
Real Estate
946
(6)
109
103
(236)
813
—

63
63
68
944

Consumer
Installment
148
(38)
27
(11)
1
138
(38)
20
(18)
(16)
104

$

$

$

Total

4,790
(408)
254
(154)
(250)
4,386
(45)
177
132
1,100
5,618

95

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for   loan losses and recorded investment in loans by portfolio
segment and impairment methodology as of December 31, 2020   and 2019.

(In
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total

December 31, 2019:
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer installment

Total

$

$

$

$

Collectively evaluated (1)

Individually evaluated (2)

Total

Allowance

Recorded

Allowance

Recorded

Allowance

Recorded

for loan

investment

for loan

investment

for loan

investment

losses

in loans

losses

in loans

losses

in loans

807
594
3,169
944
104
5,618

577
569
2,289
813
138
4,386

82,585
33,514
254,920
84,047
7,099
462,165

56,683
32,841
270,318
92,575
8,866
461,283

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
216
107
—
323

99

—
—
—
—

99

807
594
3,169
944
104
5,618

577
569
2,289
813
138
4,386

82,585
33,514
255,136
84,154
7,099
462,488

56,782
32,841
270,318
92,575
8,866
461,382

(1) Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance   with ASC 450-20,Loss
Contingencies

(formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.
(2) Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance   with ASC 310-30,Receivables (formerly

  FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.

Credit Quality Indicators

The credit quality of the loan portfolio is summarized no less frequently   than quarterly using categories similar to the
standard asset classification system used by the federal banking agencies.    The following table presents credit quality
indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes. These   categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for
loan losses using historical losses adjusted for qualitative and   environmental factors and are defined as follows:  

●  Pass – loans which are well protected by the current net worth   and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if

any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying   collateral.  

●  Special Mention – loans with potential weakness that may,    if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or

inadequately protect the Company’s   position at some future date. These loans are not adversely classified   and do
not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant an   adverse classification.

●  Substandard Accruing – loans that exhibit a well-defined weakness which   presently jeopardizes debt repayment,
even though they are currently performing. These loans are characterized    by the distinct possibility that the
Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are   not corrected.

●  Nonaccrual – includes loans where management has determined   that full payment of principal and interest is in

doubt.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

(In
thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Hotel/motel
Multifamily
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Consumer mortgage
Investment property

Total residential real estate

Consumer installment

Total

December 31, 2019
Commercial and industrial
Construction and land development
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Hotel/motel
Multifamily
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Consumer mortgage
Investment property

Total residential real estate

Consumer installment

Total

   Pass

   Special
Mention

Substandard
Accruing

Nonaccrual

Total loans

$

79,984
33,260

51,265
35,084
36,673
116,498
239,520

32,518
48,501
81,019
7,069
440,852

54,340
31,798

47,865
43,719
44,839
132,030
268,453

45,247
42,331
87,578
8,742
450,911

$

$

$

2,383
—

2,627
7,816
3,530
1,243
15,216

397
187
584
7
18,190

2,176
—

917
—
—
849
1,766

962
949
1,911
60
5,913

218
254

141
—
—

47
188

1,897
332
2,229
23
2,912

266
1,043

78

—
—

21
99

2,527
372
2,899
64
4,371

—
—

—
—
—
212
212

215
107
322
—
534

—
—

—
—
—
—
—

187
—
187
—
187

$

82,585
33,514

54,033
42,900
40,203
118,000
255,136

35,027
49,127
84,154
7,099
462,488

56,782
32,841

48,860
43,719
44,839
132,900
270,318

48,923
43,652
92,575
8,866
461,382

$

$

$

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recognized a   gain of $1.7 million resulting from the termination of a Loan
Guarantee Program (the “Program”) operated by the State of   Alabama. The payment of $1.7   million received by the
Company in October 2019 was recorded as a gain and included    in noninterest income on the accompanying consolidated
statements of earnings.    The Program required a 1% fee on the commitment balance at   origination and in return the
Company received a guarantee of up to 50% of losses in the   event of the borrower's default. The Company had 5  loans
outstanding totaling $ 10.3  million that were enrolled in the Program prior to its termination by the   State of Alabama.  
Despite being enrolled in the Program, these loans would have met the   Company's normal loan underwriting criteria at
origination.    All of these loans were categorized as Pass within the Company's   credit quality asset classification at the date
of the Program’s termination.

Impaired loans  

The following table presents details related to the Company’s    impaired loans. Loans which have been fully charged   -off do
not appear in the following table. The related allowance generally   represents the following components which correspond
to impaired loans:  

● 

● 

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $500   thousand secured by real estate (nonaccrual
construction and land development, commercial real estate, and   residential real estate).

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $250   thousand not secured by real estate
(nonaccrual commercial and industrial and consumer loans).  

97

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the   Company’s impaired loans   that were individually evaluated
for impairment at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

(In
thousands)
With no allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate:

Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:

Investment property

Total residential real estate

Total   impaired loans

December 31, 2020

Unpaid  
principal  

balance (1)

Charge-offs  
and payments  
applied (2)

Recorded
investment (3)

Related
allowance

$

$

216
216

109
109

325

(4)
(4)

(2)
(2)

(6)

$

212
212

107
107

319

$

—
—

—
—

—

(1) Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due   from the customer.
(2) Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments   that have been

applied against the outstanding principal balance.

(3) Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less   charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before

  any related allowance for loan losses.

(In
thousands)
With no allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial

Total   impaired loans

December 31, 2019

Unpaid  
principal  

balance (1)

Charge-offs  
and payments  
applied (2)

Recorded
investment (3)

Related
allowance

$

$

335

335

(236)

(236)

99

99

$

$

—

—

(1) Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due   from the customer.
(2) Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments   that have been

applied against the outstanding principal balance.

(3) Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less   charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before

  any related allowance for loan losses.

The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired    loans and the amount of interest income
recognized on impaired loans after impairment by portfolio segment   and class.

(In
thousands)
Impaired loans:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Other

Total commercial real estate

Residential real estate:
Investment property

Total residential real estate
Total  

Year ended December 31, 2020

Year ended December 31, 2019

Average

recorded

Total interest

income

Average

recorded

Total interest

income

investment

recognized

investment

recognized

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

$

$

8

24

—

24

—
—

32

—

—

—
—

9

9

9

$

$

—

—
116
116

59
59
175

98

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Troubled Debt   Restructurings  

Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).    Section 4013 of the CARES Act, “Temporary    Relief
From Troubled Debt Restructurings,” provides   banks the option to temporarily suspend certain requirements   under ASC
340-10 TDR classifications for a limited period of time to account   for the effects of COVID-19. In addition, the Interagency
Statement on COVID-19 Loan Modifications, encourages banks   to work prudently with borrowers and describes the
agencies’ interpretation of how accounting rules under ASC   310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,”    apply to
certain COVID-19-related modifications. The Interagency Statement   on COVID-19 Loan Modifications was supplemented
on June 23, 2020 by the Interagency Examiner Guidance for Assessing   Safety and Soundness Considering the Effect of the
COVID-19 Pandemic on Institutions.    If a loan modification is eligible, a bank may elect to account for   the loan under
section 4013 of the CARES Act. If a loan modification is not   eligible under section 4013, or if the bank elects not to
account for the loan modification under section 4013, the Revised Statement   includes criteria when a bank may presume a
loan modification is not a TDR in accordance with ASC 310   -40.

The Company evaluates loan extensions or modifications not   qualified under Section 4013 of the CARES Act or under the
Interagency Statement on COVID-19 Loan Modifications in accordance    with FASB ASC 340   -10 with respect to the
classification of the loan as a TDR.    In the normal course of business, management may grant concessions   to borrowers that
are experiencing financial difficulty.    A concession may include, but is not limited to, delays in required   payments of
principal and interest for a specified period, reduction of the stated   interest rate of the loan, reduction of accrued interest,
extension of the maturity date, or reduction of the face amount or   maturity amount of the debt.    A concession has been
granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Bank does not expect   to collect, when due, all amounts owed, including
interest at the original stated rate.    A concession may have also been granted if the debtor is not able   to access funds
elsewhere at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics   as the restructured debt.    In making the determination of
whether a loan modification is a TDR, the Company considers   the individual facts and circumstances surrounding each
modification.    As part of the credit approval process, the restructured loans are evaluated   for adequate collateral protection
in determining the appropriate accrual status at the time of restructure.  

Similar to other impaired loans, TDRs are measured for impairment   based on the present value of expected payments using
the loan’s original effective   interest rate as the discount rate, or the fair value of the collateral,    less selling costs if the loan is
collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds   the measure of fair value, impairment is recognized by
establishing a valuation allowance as part of the allowance for   loan losses or a charge-off to the allowance for   loan losses.  
In periods subsequent to the modification, all TDRs are evaluated   individually, including   those that have payment defaults,
for possible impairment.

At December 31, 2019 the Company had no TDRs.    The following is a summary of accruing and nonaccrual TDRs   and the
related loan losses, by portfolio segment and class at December   31, 2020.

(In
thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:

Other

Total commercial real estate

Investment property

Total residential real estate
Total  

TDRs

Accruing

Nonaccrual

Total

Related
Allowance

$

$

—
—
—
—
—

212
212
107
107
319

212
212
107
107
319

$

—
—
—
—
—

At December 31, 2020, there were no significant outstanding commitments   to advance additional funds to customers whose
loans had been restructured.  

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

There were no loans modified in a TDR during the year ended   December 31, 2019.    The following table summarizes loans
modified in a TDR during the year ended December 31,   2020 both before and after modification.

($
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:

Other

Total commercial real estate

Investment property

Total residential real estate
Total  

Pre-
modification
outstanding
recorded
investment

Post-
modification
outstanding
recorded
investment

Number of
contracts

1
1
3
3
4

$

$

216
216
111
111
327

216
216
111
111
327

Four loans were modified in a TDR during the year ended December   31, 2020.   The only concession granted by the
Company was related to a delay in the required payment of principal   and/or interest.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,   respectively, the Company had   no loans modified in a TDR within
the previous 12 months for which there was a payment default   (defined as 90 days or more past due).

NOTE 6: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2020   and 2019 is presented below
  .

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Land and improvements
Buildings and improvements
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
Construction in progress

Total premises and equipment
Less:    accumulated depreciation
Premises and equipment, net

$

$

2020
9,829
7,436
2,715
8,171
28,151
(5,958)
22,193

December 31

2019
9,874
9,987
3,109
107
23,077
(8,334)
14,743

Depreciation expense was approximately $ 905   thousand and $662  thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively, and is a component    of net occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated   statements of earnings.

NOTE 7: MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS,   NET  

MSRs are recognized based    on the fair value    of the servicing rights    on the date the    corresponding mortgage loans    are
sold.  An estimate    of the    Company’s MSRs    is determined    using assumptions    that market    participants would    use in  
future net servicing    income, including estimates    of prepayment speeds,    discount rate, default    rates, cost to    service,
estimating
account earnings, contractual    servicing fee income,    ancillary income, and   late fees.    Subsequent to the    date of transfer,  
escrow
theCompany has    elected to    measure its    MSRs under    the amortization    method.    Under the    amortization method,  
amortized in proportion    to, and over the    period of, estimated    net servicing income. Servicing    fee income is recorded    net
MSRs are
ofrelated amortization expense and recognized in earnings as part   of mortgage lending income.    

The Company has recorded MSRs related to loans sold without   recourse to Fannie Mae.    The Company generally sells
conforming, fixed-rate, closed-end, residential mortgages to Fannie   Mae.    MSRs are included in other assets on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

100

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Company evaluates MSRs for impairment on a quarterly basis.  
groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest   rate and loan type.    If, by individual stratum, the
carrying amount of the MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation   allowance is established. The valuation allowance is adjusted
as the fair value changes.  
lending income.

 Changes in the valuation allowance are recognized   in earnings as a component of mortgage

 Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into

The following table details the changes in amortized MSRs and   the related valuation allowance for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Beginning balance
Additions, net
Amortization expense
Ending balance

Valuation   allowance included in MSRs, net:
Beginning of period
End of period

Fair value of amortized MSRs:
Beginning of period
End of period

Year ended December 31

$

$

$

$

2020
1,299
671
(640)
1,330

—
—

2,111
1,489

2019
1,441
241
(383)
1,299

—
—

2,697
2,111

Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation related   to MSRs at December 31,   2020 and 2019, respectively,   are
presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Unpaid principal balance
Weighted average prepayment    speed (CPR)
Discount rate (annual percentage)
Weighted average coupon   interest rate
Weighted average remaining   maturity (months)
Weighted average servicing   fee (basis points)

$

2020
265,964

20.7 %
10.0 %
3.6 %
253
25.0

December 31

2019
274,227
11.6
10.0
3.9
255
25.0

At December 31, 2020, the weighted average amortization period    for MSRs was 3.7  years.    Estimated amortization expense
for each of the next five years is presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025

$

December 31, 2020
308
227
170
129
101

101

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 8:    DEPOSITS

At December 31, 2020, the scheduled maturities of certificates   of deposit and other time deposits are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter

Total certificates of deposit   and other time deposits  

December 31, 2020
88,292
50,332
12,572
5,842
3,363

— 

160,401

$

$

Additionally, at December   31, 2020 and 2019, approximately $55.0  million and $57.4  million, respectively, of certificates
of deposit and other time deposits were issued in denominations   greater than $250 thousand.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amount of deposit accounts in   overdraft status that were reclassified to loans on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets was not material.

NOTE 9:    SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the composition of short-term borrowings   is presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Federal funds purchased:

As of December 31
Average during the year
Maximum outstanding at
 any month-end

Securities sold under  

 agreements to repurchase:
As of December 31
Average during the year
Maximum outstanding at
 any month-end

2020

Amount

Weighted

Avg. Rate

2019

Amount

Weighted

Avg. Rate

$

$

1

—

—

2,392
1,822

2,496

—
0.78 %

0.50 %
0.50 %

$

$

1

—

—

1,069
1,442

2,261

—
2.58 %

0.50 %
0.50 %

Federal funds purchased represent unsecured overnight borrowings   from other financial institutions by the Bank.    The Bank
had available federal fund lines totaling $ 41.0 million with none outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent short   -term borrowings with maturities less than one year
collateralized by a portion of the Company’s    securities portfolio.    Securities with an aggregate carrying value of $5.7
million and $ 2.6  million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,    were pledged to secure securities sold under
agreements to repurchase.

102

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 10: LEASE COMMITMENTS

We lease certain   office facilities and equipment under operating leases.   Rent expense for all operating leases totaled $0.2
million for both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.    On January 1, 2019, we adopted a new accounting standard
which required the recognition of certain operating leases on our   balance sheet as lease right of use assets (reported as
component of other assets) and related lease liabilities (reported   as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities).  
Aggregate lease right of use assets were $ 788  thousand and $785   thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  
Aggregate lease liabilities were $ 811  thousand and $788  thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.   Rent
expense includes amounts related to items that are not included   in the determination of lease right of use assets including
expenses related to short-term leases totaling $ 0.1  million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Lease payments under operating leases that were applied to   our operating lease liability totaled $ 112  thousand during the
year ended December 31, 2020. The following table reconciles   future undiscounted lease payments due under non-
cancelable operating leases (those amounts subject to recognition) to   the aggregate operating lease liability as of December
31, 2020.

(Dollars
in
thousands)

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

Total undiscounted operating   lease liabilities

Imputed interest

Total operating lease liabilities   included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

Weighted-average   lease terms in years

Weighted-average   discount rate

NOTE 11:    OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Future lease

payments

$

$

$

127

120

120

120

111

300

898

87

811

7.68

3.02 %

Comprehensive income    is defined as    the change in    equity from all    transactions other    than those with    stockholders, and
   it
includes net    earnings and    other comprehensive    income (loss).  
endedDecember 31, 2020 and 2019, is presented below.

 Other comprehensive    income (loss)    for the    years

(Dollars
in
thousands)
2020:
Unrealized net holding gain on securities

Reclassification adjustment for net gain on securities recognized   in net earnings

Other comprehensive income

2019:
Unrealized net holding gain on securities

Reclassification adjustment for net loss on securities recognized   in net earnings

Other comprehensive loss

Pre-tax

amount

Tax benefit

Net of  

(expense)

tax amount

$

$

$

$

7,501

(103)

7,398

7,651

123

7,774

(1,884)

26

(1,858)

(1,921)

(31)

(1,952)

5,617

(77)

5,540

5,730

92

5,822

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 12:    INCOME TAXES

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the components   of income tax expense from continuing operations are
presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Current income tax expense:

Federal
State

Total current income tax expense

Deferred income tax benefit:

Federal
State

Total deferred   income tax benefit

Total income tax expense  

Year ended December 31

2020

1,459
476
1,935

(262)
(68)
(330)

1,605

$

$

2019

1,939
584
2,523

(136)
(17)
(153)

2,370

Total income tax expense   differs from the amounts computed by applying the   statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to
earnings before income taxes.    A reconciliation of the differences for the years ended   December 31,   2020 and 2019, is
presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Earnings before income taxes

Income taxes at statutory rate

Tax-exempt interest
State income taxes, net of  

federal tax effect

Bank-owned life insurance
Other

Total income tax expense  

2020

2019

$

$

Amount
9,059

1,902
(489)

345
(152)
(1)

1,605

Percent of

pre-tax

earnings

21.0 %
(5.4)

3.8
(1.7)
—

Percent of

pre-tax

earnings

21.0 %
(4.1)

3.6
(0.8)
(0.1)

Amount
12,111

2,543
(508)

440
(92)
(13)

17.7 %

2,370

19.6 %

104

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The Company had a net deferred tax liability of $1.5   million and $9 thousand included in other liabilities ts on the
consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020   and 2019, respectively.    The tax effects of temporary differences   that
give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and   deferred tax liabilities at December 31,   2020 and 2019 are
presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses
Accrued bonus  
Right of use liability
Other

Total deferred   tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Premises and equipment
Unrealized gain on securities
Originated mortgage servicing rights
Right of use asset
Other

Total deferred   tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

$

2020

1,411
183
204
91
1,889

199
2,548
334
198
147
3,426

$

(1,537)

December 31

2019

1,102
296
198
88
1,684

315
690
326
197
165
1,693

(9)

A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based   on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-
than-not that some portion of the entire deferred tax asset will not be   realized.    The ultimate realization of deferred tax
assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during   the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible.    Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred   tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.   Based upon the level of historical taxable income and
projection for future taxable income over the periods which the   temporary differences resulting in the remaining   deferred
tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more-likely   -than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of   these
deductible differences at December 31,   2020.    The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable,   however, could
be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are   reduced.  

The change in the net deferred tax asset for the years ended December   31, 2020 and 2019, is presented   below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Net deferred tax (liability) asset:
Balance, beginning of year
Deferred tax benefit (expense) related to continuing operations
Stockholders' equity, for   accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss
Balance, end of year

$

$

2020

(9)
330
(1,858)
(1,537)

2019

1,790
153
(1,952)
(9)

Year ended December 31

ASC 740, Income
Taxes,   defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in   the financial statements
as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority.    This section also provides guidance on the de-
recognition, measurement, and classification of income tax uncertainties   in interim periods.    As of December 31, 2020, the
Company had no unrecognized tax benefits related to federal or   state income tax matters.    The Company does not anticipate
any material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits during   2021 relative to any tax positions taken prior to
December 31, 2020.    As of December 31, 2020, the Company has accrued no interest and no   penalties related to uncertain
tax positions.    It is the Company’s policy to   recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters   in income tax
expense.  

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated U.S. federal   and State of Alabama income tax returns.    The Company is
currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue   Service and the State of Alabama for the
years ended December 31, 2017 through 2020.

105

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 13:    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company sponsors a qualified defined contribution retirement   plan, the Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. 401(k)
Plan (the "Plan").    Eligible employees may contribute up to 100% of eligible compensation,   subject to statutory limits upon
completion of 2 months of service.    Furthermore, the Company allows employer Safe Harbor   contributions. Participants are
immediately vested in employer Safe Harbor contributions. T   he Company's matching contributions on behalf of
participants were equal to $1.00 for each $1.00 contributed   by participants, up to 3% of the participants' eligible
compensation, and $0.50 for every $1.00 contributed by participants,   up to 5% of the participants' eligible compensation,
for a maximum matching contribution of 4% of the participants' eligible   compensation. Company matching contributions to
the Plan were $ 304  thousand and $264  thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,   respectively, and are
included in salaries and benefits expense.

NOTE 14:    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit-Related Financial Instruments

The Company is party to credit related financial instruments with   off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business   to
meet the financing needs of its customers.    These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit   and standby
letters of credit.    Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit   and interest rate risk in excess of the
amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to   credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments.    The Company
follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it   does for on-balance sheet instruments.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the following financial instruments   were outstanding whose contract amount represents
credit risk.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit

$

2020
74,970
1,237

$

December 31

2019
60,564
1,921

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer   as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the agreement.    Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination   clauses and may
require payment of a fee.    The commitments for lines of credit may expire   without being drawn upon.    Therefore, total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash   requirements.    The amount of collateral obtained, if it is
deemed necessary by the Company,    is based on management’s credit   evaluation of the customer.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by   the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer
to a third party.    The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit   is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan
facilities to customers.    The Company holds various assets as collateral, including   accounts receivable, inventory,
equipment, marketable securities, and property to support   those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.  
The Company has recorded a liability for the estimated fair   value of these standby letters of credit in the amount of $ 25
thousand and $ 39  thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Other Commitments

At December 31, 2020, the Company has a contract with a construction   company for $ 25.3  million to construct a new bank
headquarters in Auburn, Alabama.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company and the Bank are involved in various legal proceedings,   arising in connection with their business.    In the
opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel,   the ultimate resolution of these proceeding will not
have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated   financial condition or results of operations of the Company   and the
Bank.

106

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 15: FAIR VALUE  

Fair Value   Hierarchy 

“Fair value” is defined by ASC 820, Fair
Value

 
Measurements
and
Disclosures, as the price that would be received to sell
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction occurring   in the principal market (or most advantageous
market in the absence of a principal market) for an asset or   liability at the measurement date.  
value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to   quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.    The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 GAAP establishes a fair

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted,   for identical assets or liabilities in active
markets.  

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted   prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets,
quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets   that are not active, or inputs that are observable for the
asset or liability, either directly   or indirectly.  

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable   and reflect the Company’s own assumptions   about the
inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  

Level changes in fair value measurements  

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy   are generally recognized at the end of the reporting period.    The
Company monitors the valuation techniques utilized for each   category of financial assets and liabilities to ascertain when
transfers between levels have been affected.    The nature of the Company’s financial   assets and liabilities generally is such
that transfers in and out of any level are expected to be infrequent.   For the years ended December 31, 2020 and   2019, there
were no transfers between levels and no changes in valuation techniques   for the Company’s financial   assets and liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value   on a recurring basis

Securities
available-for-sale

Fair values of securities available for sale were primarily measured   using Level 2 inputs.    For these securities, the Company
obtains pricing from third party pricing services.    These third party pricing services consider observable data   that may
include broker/dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market consensus   prepayment speeds, benchmark yields, reported
trades for similar securities, credit information and the securities’ terms   and conditions.    On a quarterly basis, management
reviews the pricing received from the third party pricing services   for reasonableness given current market conditions.    As
part of its review, management    may obtain non-binding third party broker quotes to validate the fair value measurements.  
In addition, management will periodically submit pricing provided   by the third party pricing services to another
independent valuation firm on a sample basis.    This independent valuation firm will compare the price   provided by the
third-party pricing service with its own price and will review the significant   assumptions and valuation methodologies used
with management.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
Table of Contents  

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities   measured at fair value on a recurring as of December
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,   by caption, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by ASC   820 valuation
hierarchy (as described above).

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Securities available-for-sale:

Agency obligations  
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions
Total securities available   -for-sale
Total   assets at fair value

December 31, 2019:
Securities available-for-sale:

Agency obligations  
Agency MBS
State and political subdivisions
Total securities available   -for-sale
Total   assets at fair value

Amount

97,448
163,470
74,259
335,177
335,177

50,708
123,277
61,917
235,902
235,902

$

$

$

$

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

97,448
163,470
74,259
335,177
335,177

50,708
123,277
61,917
235,902
235,902

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value   on a nonrecurring basis

Loans
held
for
sale  

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.   Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using
quoted market secondary market prices for similar loans.    Loans held for sale are classified within Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy.

Impaired
Loans

Loans considered impaired under ASC 310-10-35, Receivables, are loans for which, based on current information   and
events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect   all principal and interest payments due in accordance with
the contractual terms of the loan agreement.    Impaired loans can be measured based on the present value   of expected
payments using the loan’s original   effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s    observable market price, or the fair value of
the collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent.  

The fair value of impaired loans were primarily measured based on   the value of the collateral securing these loans.  
Impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value   hierarchy. Collateral may be   real estate and/or business assets
including equipment, inventory,   and/or accounts receivable.    The Company determines the value of the collateral based on
independent appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers.    These appraisals may utilize a single valuation
approach or a combination of approaches including comparable   sales and the income approach.    Appraised values are
discounted for costs to sell and may be discounted further based on   management’s historical knowledge,   changes in market
conditions from the date of the most recent appraisal, and/or   management’s expertise and knowledge of the   customer and
the customer’s business.    Such discounts by management are subjective and are typically   significant unobservable inputs
for determining fair value.    Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly   basis for additional
impairment and adjusted accordingly,   based on the same factors discussed above.  

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 


 
 


Table of Contents  

Mortgage
servicing
rights,
net

Mortgage servicing rights, net, included in other assets on the accompanying   consolidated balance sheets, are carried at the
lower of cost or estimated fair value.    MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable   prices.    To determine
the fair value of MSRs, the Company engages an independent   third party.    The independent third party’s   valuation model
calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing   income using assumptions that market participants would use
in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment   speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to
service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income,   ancillary income, and late fees.    Periodically, the
Company will review broker surveys and other market research   to validate significant assumptions used in the model.    The
significant unobservable inputs include prepayment speeds or   the constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) and the weighted
average discount rate.    Because the valuation of MSRs requires the use of significant unobservable   inputs, all of the
Company’s MSRs are classified    within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities   measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of
December 31, 2020 and    2019, respectively, by caption, on the   accompanying consolidated balance sheets and by ASC 820
valuation hierarchy (as described above):

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Loans held for sale
Loans, net(1)
Other assets (2)

Total assets at fair value

December 31, 2019:
Loans held for sale
Loans, net(1)
Other assets (2)

Total assets at fair value

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets
for

Identical Assets

Amount

(Level 1)

Other
Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

$

$

$

$

3,418
319
1,330
5,067

2,202
99
1,299
3,600

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

3,418
—
—
3,418

2,202
—
—
2,202

—
319
1,330
1,649

—

99
1,299
1,398

(1)Loans considered impaired under ASC 310-10-35 Receivables.   This amount reflects the recorded investment in  

impaired loans, net of any related allowance for loan losses.

(2)Represents MSRs, net carried at lower of cost or estimated fair value.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended,   the Company had no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on
a recurring basis.    For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis   as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the
significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements   are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020:

Carrying

Significant

Amount

Valuation Technique

  Unobservable Input

Range

Impaired loans

$

319 Appraisal

Appraisal discounts

10.0 - 10.0 %

Mortgage servicing rights, net

1,330 Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed or CPR

Discount rate

December 31, 2019:
Impaired loans
Mortgage servicing rights, net

$

99 Appraisal

Appraisal discounts

1,299 Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed or CPR

Discount rate

18.2 - 36.4 %
10.0 - 12.0 %

10.0 - 10.0 %
11.2 - 22.4 %
10.0 - 12.0 %

Weighted

Average

of Input

10.0%

20.7%
10.0%

10.0%
11.6%
10.0%

109

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Fair Value   of Financial Instruments 

ASC 825, Financial
Instruments , requires disclosure of fair value information about financial   instruments,    whether or not
recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable    to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the
estimation of the fair value of the Company’s    financial instruments are explained below.    Where quoted market prices are
not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted   cash flow analyses. Discounted cash flows can be
significantly affected by the assumptions used,   including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The
following fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison   to independent markets and should not be considered
representative of the liquidation value of the Company’s    financial instruments, but rather are a good-faith estimate of the
fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.    ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all
nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in   estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:  

Loans, net  

Fair values for loans were calculated using discounted cash flows. The   discount rates reflected current rates at which similar
loans would be made for the same remaining maturities. Expected    future cash flows were projected based on contractual
cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayments.    The fair value of loans was measured using an exit   price notion.

Loans held for sale  

Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using quoted   market secondary market prices for similar loans.

Time Deposits  

Fair values for time deposits were estimated using discounted   cash flows. The discount rates were based on rates currently
offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
December 31, 2020:
Financial Assets:
Loans, net (1)
Loans held for sale
Financial Liabilities:
Time Deposits

December 31, 2019:
Financial Assets:
Loans, net (1)
Loans held for sale
Financial Liabilities:
Time Deposits

Carrying  
amount

Estimated
fair value

Level 1
inputs

Level 2
inputs

Level 3
Inputs

Fair Value Hierarchy

$

$

$

$

456,082
3,418

160,401

456,515
2,202

167,199

$

$

$

$

451,816
3,509

162,025

453,705
2,251

168,316

$

$

$

$

—
—

—

—
—

—

$

$

$

$

—
3,509

162,025

—
2,251

168,316

$

$

$

$

451,816
—

—

453,705
—

—

(1) Represents loans, net of unearned income and the allowance   for loan losses.    The fair value of loans was measured using an exit price notion.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 16:   RELATED PARTY    TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has made, and expects in the future to continue to make   in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors   and
executive officers of the Company,    the Bank, and their affiliates. In management’s    opinion, these loans were made in the
ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including   interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent
more than normal credit risk.    An analysis of such outstanding loans is presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Loans outstanding at December 31, 2019
New loans/advances
Repayments
Changes in directors and executive officers
Loans outstanding at December 31, 2020

Amount
3,149
871
(2,433)
(351)
1,236

$

$

During 2020 and 2019, certain executive officers and   directors of the Company and the Bank, including companies with
which they are affiliated, were deposit customers of   the bank.    Total deposits for   these persons at December 31, 2020 and
2019 amounted to $ 18.7  million and $19.1  million, respectively.  

NOTE 17: REGULATORY    RESTRICTIONS AND CAPITAL    RATIOS

As required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer   Protection Act in August 2018, the Federal
Reserve Board issued an interim final rule that expanded applicability   of the Board’s small bank holding   company policy
statement. The interim final rule raised the policy statement’s    asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion in total
consolidated assets for a bank holding company or savings and   loan holding company that: (1) is not engaged in significant
nonbanking activities; (2) does not conduct significant off   -balance sheet activities; and (3) does not have a material amount
of debt or equity securities, other than trust-preferred securities,   outstanding. The interim final rule provides that, if
warranted for supervisory purposes, the Federal Reserve may exclude   a company from the threshold increase. Management
believes the Company meets the conditions of the Federal Reserve’s    small bank holding company policy statement and is
therefore excluded from consolidated capital requirements at   December 31, 2020.

The Bank remains subject to regulatory capital requirements   administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory   - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect   on the Company’s financial statements.    Under capital adequacy
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action,   the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that
involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain   off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are   also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about components, risk weightings and other factors.

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank is “well capitalized” under   the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To
be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum   common equity Tier 1, total risk-based,   Tier 1 risk-
based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth   in the table. Management has not received any notification from the   Bank's
regulators that changes the Bank’s   regulatory capital status.

111

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank and the aforementioned    minimums as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
are presented below.

(Dollars
in
thousands)
At December 31, 2020:
Tier 1 Leverage Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital
Total Risk-Based Capital

At December 31, 2019:

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

Total Risk-Based Capital

Actual

Minimum for capital

adequacy purposes

Minimum to be  

well capitalized

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

$

$

96,096
96,096
96,096
101,906

92,778

92,778

92,778

97,291

10.32 % $
17.27
17.27
18.31

11.23 % $

17.28

17.28

18.12

37,263
25,042
33,389
44,519

33,043

24,162

32,216

42,955

4.00 % $
4.50
6.00
8.00

4.00 % $

4.50

6.00

8.00

46,579
36,171
44,519
55,648

41,303

34,901

42,955

53,693

5.00 %
6.50
8.00
10.00

5.00 %

6.50

8.00

10.00

Dividends paid by the Bank are a principal source of funds available   to the Company for payment of dividends to its
stockholders and for other needs. Applicable federal and state   statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amounts   of
dividends that may be declared by the subsidiary bank. State   law and Federal Reserve policy restrict the Bank from
declaring dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s    earnings plus the retained net earnings from the preceding
two years without prior approval. In addition to the formal statutes   and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the
adequacy of the Bank’s total capital   in relation to its assets, deposits, and other such items. Capital adequacy   considerations
could further limit the availability of dividends from the Bank. At   December 31,   2020, the Bank could have declared
additional dividends of approximately $ 6.8  million without prior approval of regulatory authorities. As a result of this
limitation, approximately $ 96.9  million of the Company’s investment   in the Bank was restricted from transfer in the form
of dividends.

NOTE 18: AUBURN NATIONAL    BANCORPORATION   (PARENT COMPANY)

The Parent Company’s condensed   balance sheets and related condensed statements of earnings   and cash flows are as
follows.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Investment in bank subsidiary
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and   stockholders' equity

2020

4,049
103,695
631
108,375

685
685
107,690
108,375

December 31

2019

4,119
94,837
625
99,581

1,253
1,253
98,328
99,581

$

$

$

$

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31

2020

3,638
862
4,500

255
255

4,245
110

4,135
3,319

7,454

$

$

2019

8,574
346
8,920

212
212

8,708
26

8,682
1,059

9,741

Year ended December 31

2020

2019

$

7,454

9,741

(6)
(561)
(3,319)
3,568

(3,638)
—
(3,638)

(70)
4,119
4,049

$

7
(215)
(1,059)
8,474

(3,575)
(2,721)
(6,296)

2,178
1,941
4,119

Table of Contents  

CONDENSED STATEMENTS    OF EARNINGS

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Income:
Dividends from bank subsidiary
Noninterest income
Total income

Expense:
Noninterest expense
Total expense

Earnings before income tax expense and equity
in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

Income tax expense
Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings

of bank subsidiary

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

Net earnings

CONDENSED STATEMENTS    OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars
in
thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash

provided by operating activities:

Net (increase) decrease in other assets
Net decrease in other liabilities
Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Dividends paid
Stock repurchases

Net cash used in financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

113

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH   ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING   AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange   Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Company’s
management, under the supervision and with the participation of its   principal executive and principal financial officer,
conducted an evaluation as of the end of the period covered   by this report, of the effectiveness of the Company’s    disclosure
controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the   Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, and the results of
the audit process described below,   the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer   concluded that the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures were effective to   ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s
reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed   ,   summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and regulations, and   that such information is accumulated and communicated to   the Company’s management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial   Officer, as appropriate,   to allow timely decisions regarding
disclosure.  

Management’s Report on Internal   Control Over Financial Reporting  

The Company’s management is   responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal   control over financial
reporting. The Company’s internal   control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance   to the Company’s
management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair   presentation of published financial statements. All
internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent   limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined
to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance   with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  

Under the direction of the Company’s   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,    management has assessed the
effectiveness of the Company’s    internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,   2020 in accordance with the
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations    of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) i   n   Internal
Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management    has concluded that such internal control
over financial reporting was effective as of December   31, 2020.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of   the Company’s independent registered   public accounting firm
regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s    report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s
registered public accounting firm pursuant to the final rules of   the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the
Company to provide only a management’s   report in this annual report.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial   Reporting  

During the period covered by this report, there has not been any change   in the Company’s internal controls   over financial
reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably   likely to materially affect, the Company’s    internal controls over
financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B.  

 OTHER INFORMATION

None.

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

PART   III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Proposal    One: Election of Directors - Information about
Nominees for Directors,” and “Executive Officers,”   “Additional Information Concerning the Company’s    Board of
Directors and Committees,” “Executive Compensation,” “Audit   Committee Report” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in the Proxy Statement, and   is incorporated herein by reference.

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Conduct and   Ethics applicable to the Company’s   directors,   officers and
employees, including the Company’s   principal executive officer,    principal financial and principal accounting officer,
controller and other senior financial officers. The Code   of Conduct and Ethics, as well as the charters for the Audit
Committee, Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and   Corporate Governance Committee, can be found by
hovering over the heading “About Us” on the Company’s    website, www.auburnbank.com , and then clicking on “Investor
Relations”, and then clicking on “Governance Documents”.    In addition, this information is available in print to any
shareholder who requests it. Written requests   for a copy of the Company’s Code   of Conduct and Ethics or the Audit
Committee, Compensation Committee, or Nominating and   Corporate Governance Committee Charters may be sent to
Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., 132 N. Gay Street, Auburn,   Alabama 36830, Attention: Marla Kickliter,   Senior Vice
President of Compliance and Internal Audit. Requests may also   be made via telephone by contacting Marla Kickliter,
Senior Vice President of Compliance   and Internal Audit, or Laura Carrington, Vice    President of Human Resources, at
(334) 821-9200.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Additional   Information Concerning the Company’s    Board
of Directors and Committees – Board Compensation,” and “Executive   Officers” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN    BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT   AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER    MATTERS

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Proposal    One: Election of Directors - Information about
Nominees for Directors and Executive Officers” and   “Stock Ownership by Certain Persons” in the Proxy Statement, and   is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN   RELATIONSHIPS   AND RELATED   TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Additional   Information Concerning the Company’s    Board
of Directors and Committees – Committees of the Board   of Directors – Independent Directors Committee” and “Certain
Transactions and Business Relationships” in   the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES   AND SERVICES  

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Independent   Public Accountants” in the Proxy Statement,
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

PART   IV 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT    SCHEDULES

(a) List of all Financial Statements  

The following consolidated financial statements and report   of independent registered public accounting firm of the
Company are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,   2020 and 2019  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December   31, 2020 and 2019  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years   ended December 31, 2020 and 2019  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years   ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended   December 31, 2020 and    2019

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

(b) Exhibits  

3.1. Certificate of Incorporation of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference from

Registrant's Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2002 (File No. 000-26486)).

3.2. Amended and Restated Bylaws of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., adopted as of November 13, 2007
(incorporated by reference from Registrant’s  Form 10-K dated March 31, 2008 (File No. 000-26486)).

4.1. Description of the Registrant’s Securities  

21.1 Subsidiaries of Registrant  

31.1 Certification signed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).

31.2 Certification signed by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).

32.1 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of 2002 by Robert W.  Dumas, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer *

32.2 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of 2002 by David A. Hedges, EVP,  Chief Financial Officer.*

101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension   Schema Document

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension   Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension   Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension   Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension   Definition Linkbase Document

*

The certifications attached as exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 to   this annual report on Form 10-K are “furnished” to the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 906   of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be
deemed “filed” by the Company for purposes of Section 18   of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

  (c) Financial Statement Schedules  

All financial statement schedules required pursuant to this item were   either included in the financial information set
forth in (a) above or are inapplicable and therefore have been   omitted.  

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

117

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange    Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto   duly authorized, in the City of Auburn, State of
Alabama, on March 9, 2021.  

SIGNATURES

AUBURN NATIONAL    BANCORPORATION,    INC.
(Registrant)

By:    /S/ ROBERT W.    DUMAS

Robert W.   Dumas
Chairman, President and CEO

 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,    this report has been signed below by the following

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on   the dates indicated.  

Signature

Title

   /S/ ROBERT W.    DUMAS
Robert W.   Dumas

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

   /S/ DAVID    A. HEDGES
David A. Hedges

EVP,    Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

   /S/ C. WAYNE    ALDERMAN
C. Wayne Alderman

   /S/ TERRY W.    ANDRUS
Terry W.    Andrus

   /S/ J. TUTT BARRETT
J. Tutt Barrett

   /S/ LAURA J. COOPER
Laura Cooper

   /S/ WILLIAM F. HAM,   JR.
William F.    Ham, Jr.

   /S/ DAVID    E. HOUSEL
David E. Housel

   /S/ ANNE M. MAY
Anne M. May

   /S/ EDWARD    LEE SPENCER, III
Edward Lee Spencer, III

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Date

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 4.1  

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12   OF THE  
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

The following summarizes the terms of certain securities of Auburn   National Bancorporation, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”). The Company’s   common stock is registered under Section 12(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange    Act”). The following summary does
not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference   to the Company’s Certificate   of
Incorporation (as amended, the “Charter”) and Amended and   Restated Bylaws (as amended, the “Bylaws”),
each previously filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,   as well as reference to federal
and state banking laws and regulations and the Delaware General   Corporations Law (the “DGCL”).

Authorized Capital

The Company’s authorized capital   stock consists of 8,500,000 shares of common stock, $.01   par value per
share and 200,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per   share.  

Common Stock

Voting

 
Rights.  Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held   on all matters on
which our shareholders are entitled to vote. Directors are   elected by a majority vote, and no shareholder has
the right to cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors.

Dividend
Rights.   Subject to the prior rights of holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred    stock,
each share of common stock has equal rights to participate in dividends    when, as and if declared by the
board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Liquidation
Rights.   Subject to the prior rights of creditors and the satisfaction of any liquidation   preference
granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred   stock, if any, in the event of a liquidation,    the
holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in any assets   remaining after payment of all debts
and other liabilities.

Other.  Holders of common stock have no redemption or subscription,   conversion or preemptive rights.

Exchange
and
Trading


Symbol.  The common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global   Market
under the symbol “AUBN.”

Transfer
Agent
and
Registrar.   The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Computershare
Investor Services LLC.

Preferred Stock

Shares of preferred stock may be issued for any purpose and in   any manner permitted by law,   in one or
more distinctly designated series, including as a dividend or   for such consideration as the board of directors
may determine by resolution or resolutions adopted from time   to time. The board of directors is expressly
authorized to fix and state, by resolution or resolutions adopted   from time to time prior to the issuance of
any shares of a particular series of preferred stock, the designations,   voting powers (if any), preferences,
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and   qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof. The rights of the holders of the common stock will generally   be subject to the rights of the holders
of any existing outstanding shares of preferred stock with respect   to dividends, liquidation preferences and
other matters.

As of the date hereof, the Company has no outstanding shares   of preferred stock.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-takeover Effects

Certain provisions of the Charter and Bylaws could make a merger,    tender offer or proxy contest more
difficult, even if such events were perceived by many of shareholders    as beneficial to their interests. These
provisions include (1) requiring, under certain circumstances,   that a “Business Combination” (as defined in
the Charter) be approved by (i) holders of at least 80% of the   outstanding shares entitled to vote, and (ii) by
a majority of shares held by persons other than “Related Persons”   (as defined in the Charter), (2)
prohibiting shareholders from removing directors without cause, and,   in order to remove a director for
cause, requiring approval of (i) at least 80% of the outstanding shares   entitled to vote and (ii) a majority of
shares held by persons other than “Related Persons,” (3) advance notice   for nominations of directors and
shareholders’ proposals, and (4) authority to issue “blank check”   preferred stock with such designations,
rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the   board of directors. In addition, as a
Delaware corporation, the Company is subject to Section 203   of the Delaware General Corporation Law
which, in general, prevents an “interested shareholder,”    defined generally as a person owning 15% or more
of a corporation’s outstanding voting   stock, from engaging in a business combination with the corporation
for three years following the date that person became an interested   shareholder unless certain specified
conditions are satisfied.

Restrictions on Ownership

The ability of a third party to acquire the Company is limited under   applicable U.S. banking laws and
regulations. The Bank Holding Company Act, or BHC Act, requires   any bank holding company to obtain
Federal Reserve approval prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly,    5% or more of any class of voting
securities of the bank holding company.    Any “company” (as defined in the BHC Act) other than a bank
holding company would be required to obtain Federal Reserve approval   before acquiring “control” of a
bank holding company. “Control”    generally means (i) the ownership or control of 25% or more   of a class
of voting securities, (ii) the ability to elect a majority of the directors   or (iii) the ability otherwise to
exercise a controlling influence over management and policies. A holder   of 25% or more of the outstanding
common stock of a bank holding company,   other than an individual, is subject to regulation and
supervision as a bank holding company under the BHC Act. On   January 30, 2020, the Federal Reserve
adopted new rules, effective September 30,   2020 simplifying determinations of control of banking
organizations for BHC Act purposes.

In addition, under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978,   as amended, and the Federal Reserve’s
regulations thereunder, any person, either individually   or acting through or in concert with one or more
persons, is required to provide notice to the Federal Reserve prior    to acquiring, directly or indirectly,   10%
or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank holding company,    and receive nonobjection from the
Federal Reserve.

 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 21.1 - SUBSIDIARIES  

DIRECT SUBSIDIARIES
AuburnBank

INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES
Banc of Auburn, Inc.
Auburn Mortgage Corporation

  JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
  Alabama

  Alabama
  Alabama

 
 
 
 
 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 31.1  

CERTIFICATION    PURSUANT TO  
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT   OF 1934,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

CERTIFICATION  

I, Robert W.   Dumas, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Auburn National   Bancorporation, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue   statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of   the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other   financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of   operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer    and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure   controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)   and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d   -15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or   caused such disclosure controls and procedures   to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating   to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,   particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or   caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable   assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements   for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s    disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure   controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s    internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal   quarter (the registrant’s fourth   fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably   likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer    and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s    auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s    board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or   operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect    the registrant’s ability to   record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management   or other employees who have a significant

role in the registrant’s internal   control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Robert W.   Dumas  
Chairman, President and CEO

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 31.2  

CERTIFICATION    PURSUANT TO  
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT   OF 1934,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

CERTIFICATION  

I, David A. Hedges, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Auburn Natio   nal Bancorporation, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue   statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of   the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the   financial statements, and other financial information included   in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of   operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer    and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure   controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)   and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d   -15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or   caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating   to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,   particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or   caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable   assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements   for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s    disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure   controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s    internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal   quarter (the registrant’s fourth   fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably   likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer    and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation   of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s    auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s    board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or   operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect    the registrant’s ability to   record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management   or other employees who have a significant

role in the registrant’s internal   control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ David A. Hedges
EVP,    Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 32.1  

CERTIFICATION    PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

In connection with the Annual Report of Auburn National Bancorporation,    Inc. (the “Company”) on
Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2020,   as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as of the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert   W.   Dumas, President and Chief Executive
Officer, certify,    pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906   of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)   or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material   respects, the financial

condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Robert   W.   Dumas
Robert W.   Dumas
Chairman, President and CEO

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUBURN NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 32.2  

CERTIFICATION    PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

In connection with the Annual Report of Auburn National Bancorporation,    Inc. (the “Company”) on
Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2020, as filed   with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as of the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David A.   Hedges, Executive Vice President,   Chief
Financial Officer,   certify, pursuant to 18   U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)   or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material   respects, the financial

condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Date:    March 9, 2021  

/s/ David A. Hedges
David A. Hedges
EVP,    Chief Financial Officer